Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui_mac.c @ 15034:6e4e0d43b20b v8.1.0528
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/c4568ab37edc01e01f258d64bceddcd01633a268
Author: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
Date: Fri Nov 16 16:21:05 2018 +0100
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
Problem: Various typos in comments.
Solution: Fix the typos.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 16 Nov 2018 16:30:07 +0100 |
| parents | 27b9a84395b5 |
| children | f2972ff144ab |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
|
10042
4aead6a9b7a9
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/edf3f97ae2af024708ebb4ac614227327033ca47
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9939
diff
changeset
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: |
| 7 | 2 * |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb | |
| 5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant | |
| 6 * and Axel Kielhorn | |
| 1106 | 7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer |
| 7 | 8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore |
| 9 * | |
| 10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 13 */ | |
| 14 | |
| 15 /* | |
| 593 | 16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x |
| 856 | 17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book: |
| 18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books" | |
| 7 | 19 */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse | |
| 25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize, | |
| 26 * ScrapManager error handling. | |
| 27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize. | |
| 28 * | |
| 29 */ | |
| 30 | |
| 1107 | 31 /* TODO (Jussi) |
| 32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases) | |
| 33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems | |
| 34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that) | |
| 35 */ | |
| 7 | 36 |
| 37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */ | |
| 38 #include "vim.h" | |
| 39 | |
| 593 | 40 #define USE_CARBONIZED |
| 41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */ | |
| 42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */ | |
| 7 | 43 |
| 4352 | 44 /* Compile as CodeWarrior External Editor */ |
| 7 | 45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT) |
| 46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */ | |
| 47 #endif | |
| 48 | |
| 9 | 49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */ |
| 50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!' | |
| 838 | 51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 52 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode | |
| 53 #else | |
| 54 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeText | |
| 55 #endif | |
| 9 | 56 |
| 7 | 57 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 593 | 58 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion; |
| 59 | |
| 766 | 60 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 61 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 1562 | 62 |
| 63 static int im_is_active = FALSE; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
64 # if 0 |
| 1702 | 65 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 66 static int im_start_row = 0; |
| 67 static int im_start_col = 0; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
68 # endif |
|
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
69 |
|
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
70 # define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) |
| 1562 | 71 |
| 72 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument; | |
| 73 | |
| 74 static void im_on_window_switch(int active); | |
| 168 | 75 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 1562 | 76 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 77 | |
| 78 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 79 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 80 | |
| 81 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 82 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 83 | |
| 84 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 85 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 86 | |
| 87 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event( | |
| 88 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 89 | |
| 168 | 90 #endif |
| 91 | |
| 7 | 92 |
| 93 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */ | |
| 94 #include <Menus.h> | |
| 95 #include <Resources.h> | |
| 96 #include <Processes.h> | |
| 97 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 98 # include <AppleEvents.h> | |
| 99 # include <AERegistry.h> | |
| 100 #endif | |
| 101 # include <Gestalt.h> | |
| 102 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330 | |
| 103 # include <ControlDefinitions.h> | |
| 104 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 106 | |
| 593 | 107 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported |
| 108 * under Carbon (Jussi) */ | |
| 109 # if 0 | |
| 7 | 110 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/ |
| 593 | 111 # include <MacHelp.h> |
| 112 # endif | |
| 7 | 113 |
| 114 /* | |
| 593 | 115 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in |
| 116 * headers? (Jussi) | |
| 7 | 117 */ |
| 118 #define kNothing 0 | |
| 119 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/ | |
| 120 #define kCreateRect 2 | |
| 121 #define kDestroy 3 | |
| 122 | |
| 123 /* | |
| 124 * Dany: Don't like those... | |
| 125 */ | |
| 126 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0]) | |
| 127 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1]) | |
| 128 | |
| 129 | |
| 130 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */ | |
| 131 static long lastMouseTick = 0; | |
| 132 | |
| 133 /* ??? */ | |
| 134 static RgnHandle cursorRgn; | |
| 135 static RgnHandle dragRgn; | |
| 136 static Rect dragRect; | |
| 137 static short dragRectEnbl; | |
| 138 static short dragRectControl; | |
| 139 | |
| 140 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment | |
| 141 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands | |
| 142 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected | |
| 143 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working). | |
| 144 */ | |
| 145 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 146 | |
| 147 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */ | |
| 148 static short clickIsPopup; | |
| 149 | |
| 150 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */ | |
| 151 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction; | |
| 152 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag; | |
| 153 | |
| 154 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */ | |
| 155 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 156 | |
| 1572 | 157 /* Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs */ |
| 158 static short *gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 159 | |
| 13 | 160 static struct |
| 161 { | |
| 162 FMFontFamily family; | |
| 163 FMFontSize size; | |
| 164 FMFontStyle style; | |
| 165 Boolean isPanelVisible; | |
| 166 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false }; | |
| 593 | 167 |
| 766 | 168 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 169 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 170 int p_macatsui_last; |
| 168 | 171 ATSUStyle gFontStyle; |
| 1562 | 172 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 173 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle; | |
| 174 # endif | |
| 168 | 175 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet; |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
176 UInt32 useAntialias_cached = 0x0; |
| 168 | 177 #endif |
| 178 | |
| 7 | 179 /* Colors Macros */ |
| 180 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b) | |
| 181 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16) | |
| 182 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8) | |
| 183 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0) | |
| 184 | |
| 185 /* Key mapping */ | |
| 186 | |
| 187 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */ | |
| 188 | |
| 189 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */ | |
| 190 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/ | |
| 191 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/ | |
| 192 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/ | |
| 193 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/ | |
| 194 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/ | |
| 195 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/ | |
| 196 #define vk_F8 0x64 | |
| 197 #define vk_F9 0x65 | |
| 198 #define vk_F10 0x6D | |
| 199 #define vk_F11 0x67 | |
| 200 #define vk_F12 0x6F | |
| 201 #define vk_F13 0x69 | |
| 202 #define vk_F14 0x6B | |
| 203 #define vk_F15 0x71 | |
| 204 | |
| 205 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */ | |
| 206 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */ | |
| 207 | |
| 208 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */ | |
| 209 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */ | |
| 210 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 211 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */ | |
| 212 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */ | |
| 213 | |
| 214 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */ | |
| 215 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */ | |
| 216 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */ | |
| 217 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */ | |
| 218 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */ | |
| 219 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */ | |
| 220 | |
| 221 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */ | |
| 222 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */ | |
| 223 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */ | |
| 224 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */ | |
| 225 | |
| 226 #define vk_Undo vk_F1 | |
| 227 #define vk_Cut vk_F2 | |
| 228 #define vk_Copy vk_F3 | |
| 229 #define vk_Paste vk_F4 | |
| 230 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13 | |
| 231 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14 | |
| 232 #define vk_Pause vk_F15 | |
| 233 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr | |
| 234 #define vk_Insert vk_Help | |
| 235 | |
| 236 #define KeySym char | |
| 237 | |
| 238 static struct | |
| 239 { | |
| 240 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 241 char_u vim_code0; | |
| 242 char_u vim_code1; | |
| 243 } special_keys[] = | |
| 244 { | |
| 245 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
| 246 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
| 247 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
| 248 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
| 249 | |
| 250 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'}, | |
| 251 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'}, | |
| 252 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'}, | |
| 253 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'}, | |
| 254 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'}, | |
| 255 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'}, | |
| 256 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'}, | |
| 257 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'}, | |
| 258 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'}, | |
| 259 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'}, | |
| 260 | |
| 261 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'}, | |
| 262 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'}, | |
| 263 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'}, | |
| 264 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'}, | |
| 265 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'}, | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */ | |
| 268 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */ | |
| 269 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */ | |
|
12716
351cf7c67bbe
patch 8.0.1236: Mac features are confusing
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12515
diff
changeset
|
270 /* {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'}, */ |
| 7 | 271 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'}, |
| 272 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'}, | |
| 273 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'}, | |
| 274 {vk_End, '@', '7'}, | |
| 275 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */ | |
| 276 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */ | |
| 277 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */ | |
| 278 | |
| 279 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'}, | |
| 280 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'}, | |
| 281 | |
| 282 /* End of list marker: */ | |
| 283 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0} | |
| 284 }; | |
| 285 | |
| 286 /* | |
| 287 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 288 * Forward declaration (for those needed) | |
| 289 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 290 */ | |
| 291 | |
| 292 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 9 | 293 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent); |
| 7 | 294 #endif |
| 295 | |
| 1106 | 296 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 297 static void initialise_tabline(void); | |
| 298 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h | |
| 299 #endif | |
| 300 | |
| 1562 | 301 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 302 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font); | |
| 303 #endif | |
| 304 | |
| 7 | 305 /* |
| 306 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 307 * Conversion Utility | |
| 308 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 309 */ | |
| 310 | |
| 311 /* | |
| 312 * C2Pascal_save | |
| 313 * | |
| 314 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 315 * into a pascal string | |
| 316 * | |
| 317 */ | |
| 318 | |
| 593 | 319 char_u * |
| 320 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 321 { |
| 322 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 323 int len; | |
| 324 | |
| 325 if (Cstring == NULL) | |
| 326 return NULL; | |
| 327 | |
| 328 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 329 | |
| 330 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 331 len = 255; | |
| 332 | |
| 333 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 334 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 335 { | |
| 336 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len); | |
| 337 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 338 } | |
| 339 | |
| 340 return PascalString; | |
| 341 } | |
| 342 | |
| 343 /* | |
| 344 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash | |
| 345 * | |
| 346 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 347 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time | |
| 348 * | |
| 349 */ | |
| 350 | |
| 593 | 351 char_u * |
| 352 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 353 { |
| 354 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 355 int len; | |
| 356 char_u *p, *c; | |
| 357 | |
| 358 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 359 | |
| 360 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */ | |
| 361 len = 255; | |
| 362 | |
| 363 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 364 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 365 { | |
| 366 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++) | |
| 367 { | |
| 368 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0)) | |
| 369 { | |
| 370 c++; | |
| 371 } | |
| 372 *p = *c; | |
| 373 p++; | |
| 374 len++; | |
| 375 } | |
| 376 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 377 } | |
| 378 | |
| 379 return PascalString; | |
| 380 } | |
| 381 | |
| 382 /* | |
| 383 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse) | |
| 384 */ | |
| 385 | |
| 386 int_u | |
| 387 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 388 { | |
| 389 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 390 | |
| 391 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 392 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 393 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 394 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 395 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 396 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 397 #if 0 | |
| 398 /* Not yet supported */ | |
| 399 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 400 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD; | |
| 401 #endif | |
| 402 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 | |
| 405 /* | |
| 406 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys) | |
| 407 */ | |
| 408 | |
| 409 static int_u | |
| 410 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 411 { | |
| 412 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 413 | |
| 414 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 415 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 416 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 417 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 418 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 419 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 420 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY | |
| 421 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */ | |
| 422 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD; | |
| 423 #endif | |
| 424 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 425 } | |
| 426 | |
| 427 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should | |
| 428 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or | |
| 429 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted | |
| 430 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this | |
| 431 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one. | |
| 432 * | |
| 433 * From gui_w48.c | |
| 434 */ | |
| 435 static int | |
| 436 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical) | |
| 437 { | |
| 438 int pixels; | |
| 439 int points = 0; | |
| 440 int divisor = 0; | |
| 441 | |
| 442 while (*str) | |
| 443 { | |
| 444 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0) | |
| 445 { | |
| 446 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */ | |
| 447 divisor = 1; | |
| 448 continue; | |
| 449 } | |
| 450 | |
| 451 if (!isdigit(*str)) | |
| 452 break; | |
| 453 | |
| 454 points *= 10; | |
| 455 points += *str - '0'; | |
| 456 divisor *= 10; | |
| 457 | |
| 458 ++str; | |
| 459 } | |
| 460 | |
| 461 if (divisor == 0) | |
| 462 divisor = 1; | |
| 463 | |
| 464 pixels = points/divisor; | |
| 465 *end = str; | |
| 466 return pixels; | |
| 467 } | |
| 468 | |
| 766 | 469 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 470 /* |
| 471 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any | |
| 472 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title. | |
| 473 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string. | |
| 474 */ | |
| 475 static CFStringRef | |
| 593 | 476 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 168 | 477 { |
| 478 CFStringRef name; | |
| 479 size_t menuTitleLen; | |
| 480 CFIndex displayLen; | |
| 481 CFRange mnemonicStart; | |
| 482 CFRange mnemonicEnd; | |
| 483 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName; | |
| 484 | |
| 485 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname); | |
| 1621 | 486 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen); |
| 168 | 487 |
| 488 if (name) | |
| 489 { | |
| 490 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized | |
| 491 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */ | |
| 492 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards); | |
| 493 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name); | |
| 494 | |
| 495 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound | |
| 496 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen | |
| 497 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name, | |
| 498 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic) | |
| 499 { | |
| 500 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"), | |
| 501 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1, | |
| 502 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1), | |
| 503 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) && | |
| 504 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location) | |
| 505 { | |
| 506 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name); | |
| 507 if (cleanedName) | |
| 508 { | |
| 509 CFStringDelete(cleanedName, | |
| 510 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location, | |
| 511 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 - | |
| 512 mnemonicStart.location)); | |
| 513 | |
| 514 CFRelease(name); | |
| 515 name = cleanedName; | |
| 516 } | |
| 517 } | |
| 518 } | |
| 519 } | |
| 520 | |
| 521 return name; | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 #endif | |
| 524 | |
| 7 | 525 /* |
| 526 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname | |
| 527 * character strings. | |
| 528 */ | |
| 529 | |
| 593 | 530 char_u ** |
| 531 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error) | |
| 7 | 532 { |
| 533 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 534 OSErr newError; | |
| 535 long fileCount; | |
| 536 FSSpec fileToOpen; | |
| 537 long actualSize; | |
| 538 AEKeyword dummyKeyword; | |
| 539 DescType dummyType; | |
| 540 | |
| 541 /* Get number of files in list */ | |
| 542 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles); | |
| 543 if (*error) | |
| 1107 | 544 return fnames; |
| 7 | 545 |
| 546 /* Allocate the pointer list */ | |
| 547 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 548 | |
| 549 /* Empty out the list */ | |
| 550 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 551 fnames[fileCount] = NULL; | |
| 552 | |
| 553 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */ | |
| 554 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++) | |
| 555 { | |
| 556 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */ | |
| 557 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS, | |
| 558 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 559 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize); | |
| 560 if (newError) | |
| 561 { | |
| 562 /* Caller is able to clean up */ | |
| 563 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */ | |
| 1107 | 564 return fnames; |
| 7 | 565 } |
| 566 | |
| 567 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */ | |
| 9 | 568 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen); |
| 7 | 569 } |
| 570 | |
| 571 return (fnames); | |
| 572 } | |
| 573 | |
| 574 /* | |
| 575 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 576 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support | |
| 577 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 578 */ | |
| 579 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 580 | |
| 581 /* | |
| 582 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior | |
| 583 * | |
| 584 * Description | |
| 585 * ----------- | |
| 586 * | |
| 587 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it | |
| 588 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor. | |
| 589 * | |
| 590 * Event Reply | |
| 591 * ----------- | |
| 592 * | |
| 593 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received. | |
| 594 * | |
| 595 * Remarks | |
| 596 * ------- | |
| 597 * | |
| 598 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified | |
| 599 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file | |
| 600 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is | |
| 9 | 601 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location. |
| 7 | 602 * |
| 603 */ | |
| 604 | |
| 605 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch; | |
| 606 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 607 { | |
| 608 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 609 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time | |
| 610 }; | |
| 611 | |
| 9 | 612 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 613 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE( |
| 614 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 615 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 616 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 617 { |
| 618 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 619 buf_T *buf; | |
| 620 int foundFile = false; | |
| 621 DescType typeCode; | |
| 622 WindowSearch SearchData; | |
| 623 Size actualSize; | |
| 624 | |
| 625 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize); | |
| 626 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 627 return error; |
| 7 | 628 |
| 9 | 629 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 630 if (error) |
| 1107 | 631 return error; |
| 7 | 632 |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
633 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 634 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL |
| 635 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID | |
| 636 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] | |
| 637 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0) | |
| 638 { | |
| 639 foundFile = true; | |
| 640 break; | |
| 641 } | |
| 642 | |
| 643 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 644 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 645 else | |
| 646 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 647 | |
| 648 return error; | |
| 649 }; | |
| 650 | |
| 651 /* | |
| 652 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior | |
| 653 * | |
| 654 * Description | |
| 655 * ----------- | |
| 656 * | |
| 657 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to | |
| 658 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified. | |
| 659 * | |
| 660 * Parameters None. | |
| 661 * ---------- | |
| 662 * | |
| 663 * Event Reply | |
| 664 * ----------- | |
| 665 * The reply for this event is: | |
| 666 * | |
| 667 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required | |
| 668 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar | |
| 669 * | |
| 670 * Remarks | |
| 671 * ------- | |
| 672 * | |
| 673 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for | |
| 674 * each open file that has been modified. | |
| 675 * | |
| 676 */ | |
| 677 | |
| 678 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo; | |
| 679 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/ | |
| 680 { | |
| 681 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 682 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified | |
| 683 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused | |
| 684 }; | |
| 685 | |
| 9 | 686 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 687 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE( |
| 688 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 689 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 690 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 691 { |
| 692 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 693 AEDescList replyList; | |
| 694 long numFiles; | |
| 695 ModificationInfo theFile; | |
| 696 buf_T *buf; | |
| 697 | |
| 698 theFile.saved = 0; | |
| 699 | |
| 9 | 700 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 701 if (error) |
| 1107 | 702 return error; |
| 7 | 703 |
| 704 /* Send the reply */ | |
| 705 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull; | |
| 706 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/ | |
| 707 | |
| 708 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */ | |
| 709 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList); | |
| 710 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 711 return error; |
| 7 | 712 |
| 713 #if 0 | |
| 714 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 9 | 715 |
| 716 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc) | |
| 717 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType, | |
| 7 | 718 * sizeof(DescType)) |
| 719 */ | |
| 720 | |
| 721 /* AEPutDesc */ | |
| 722 #endif | |
| 723 | |
| 724 numFiles = 0; | |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
725 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 726 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
| 727 { | |
| 728 /* Add this file to the list */ | |
| 729 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 730 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 9 | 731 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */ |
| 732 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile)); | |
| 7 | 733 }; |
| 734 | |
| 735 #if 0 | |
| 736 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 737 #endif | |
| 738 | |
| 739 /* We can add data only if something to reply */ | |
| 9 | 740 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList); |
| 7 | 741 |
| 742 if (replyList.dataHandle) | |
| 743 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList); | |
| 744 | |
| 745 return error; | |
| 746 }; | |
| 747 | |
| 748 /* | |
| 749 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior | |
| 750 * | |
| 751 * Description | |
| 752 * ----------- | |
| 753 * | |
| 754 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs | |
| 755 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a | |
| 756 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to | |
| 757 * the source code contained in the file. | |
| 758 * | |
| 759 * Event Reply | |
| 760 * ----------- | |
| 761 * | |
| 762 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received. | |
| 763 * | |
| 764 * Remarks | |
| 765 * ------- | |
| 766 * | |
| 767 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle | |
| 768 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire | |
| 769 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in | |
| 770 * theText. | |
| 771 * | |
| 772 */ | |
| 773 | |
| 774 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText; | |
| 775 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/ | |
| 776 { | |
| 777 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */ | |
| 778 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */ | |
| 779 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */ | |
| 780 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */ | |
| 781 }; | |
| 782 | |
| 9 | 783 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 784 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE( |
| 785 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 786 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 787 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 788 { |
| 789 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 790 buf_T *buf; | |
| 791 int foundFile = false; | |
| 792 DescType typeCode; | |
| 793 CW_GetText GetTextData; | |
| 794 Size actualSize; | |
| 795 char_u *line; | |
| 796 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL; | |
| 797 long linesize; | |
| 798 long lineStart; | |
| 799 long BufferSize; | |
| 800 long lineno; | |
| 801 | |
| 802 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize); | |
| 803 | |
| 804 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 805 return error; |
| 7 | 806 |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
807 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 808 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
| 809 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID) | |
| 810 { | |
| 811 foundFile = true; | |
| 812 break; | |
| 813 } | |
| 814 | |
| 815 if (foundFile) | |
| 816 { | |
| 9 | 817 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */ |
| 7 | 818 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++) |
| 819 { | |
| 820 /* Must use the right buffer */ | |
| 821 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE); | |
| 822 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1; | |
| 823 lineStart = BufferSize; | |
| 824 BufferSize += linesize; | |
| 825 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */ | |
| 9 | 826 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize); |
| 827 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize) | |
| 7 | 828 { |
| 829 break; /* Simple handling for now */ | |
| 830 } | |
| 831 else | |
| 832 { | |
| 9 | 833 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 834 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText; |
| 9 | 835 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line); |
| 7 | 836 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r'; |
| 9 | 837 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 838 } |
| 839 } | |
| 840 if (fullbuffer != NULL) | |
| 841 { | |
| 9 | 842 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 843 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0; |
| 9 | 844 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 845 } |
| 846 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 847 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 848 else | |
| 9 | 849 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/ |
| 7 | 850 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; |
| 851 } | |
| 9 | 852 |
| 853 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); | |
| 1107 | 854 |
| 855 return error; | |
| 7 | 856 } |
| 857 | |
| 858 /* | |
| 859 * | |
| 860 */ | |
| 861 | |
| 862 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/ | |
| 593 | 863 pascal OSErr |
| 864 FindProcessBySignature( | |
| 865 const OSType targetType, | |
| 866 const OSType targetCreator, | |
| 867 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr) | |
| 7 | 868 { |
| 869 OSErr anErr = noErr; | |
| 870 Boolean lookingForProcess = true; | |
| 871 | |
| 872 ProcessInfoRec infoRec; | |
| 873 | |
| 9 | 874 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec); |
| 7 | 875 infoRec.processName = nil; |
| 876 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil; | |
| 877 | |
| 878 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 879 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 880 | |
| 9 | 881 while (lookingForProcess) |
| 7 | 882 { |
| 9 | 883 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr); |
| 884 if (anErr != noErr) | |
| 7 | 885 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 886 else | |
| 887 { | |
| 9 | 888 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec); |
| 889 if ((anErr == noErr) | |
| 890 && (infoRec.processType == targetType) | |
| 891 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator)) | |
| 7 | 892 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 893 } | |
| 894 } | |
| 895 | |
| 896 return anErr; | |
| 897 }//end FindProcessBySignature | |
| 898 | |
| 9 | 899 void |
| 900 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf) | |
| 7 | 901 { |
| 9 | 902 OSErr anErr = noErr; |
| 903 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 7 | 904 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess }; |
| 905 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 906 AESendMode sendMode; | |
| 907 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil }; | |
| 908 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil; | |
| 909 ModificationInfo ModData; | |
| 910 | |
| 911 | |
| 9 | 912 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn); |
| 913 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 914 { |
| 9 | 915 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn, |
| 916 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc); | |
| 917 | |
| 918 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 919 { |
| 920 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc, | |
| 921 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent); | |
| 922 } | |
| 923 | |
| 9 | 924 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc); |
| 7 | 925 |
| 926 /* Add the parms */ | |
| 927 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; | |
| 928 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 929 | |
| 930 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 9 | 931 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData)); |
| 932 | |
| 933 if (idleProcUPP == nil) | |
| 7 | 934 sendMode = kAENoReply; |
| 935 else | |
| 936 sendMode = kAEWaitReply; | |
| 937 | |
| 9 | 938 if (anErr == noErr) |
| 939 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil); | |
| 940 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply) | |
| 7 | 941 { |
| 9 | 942 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/ |
| 7 | 943 } |
| 9 | 944 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply); |
| 7 | 945 } |
| 946 } | |
| 947 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */ | |
| 948 | |
| 949 /* | |
| 950 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 951 * Apple Event Handling procedure | |
| 952 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 953 */ | |
| 954 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 955 | |
| 956 /* | |
| 957 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent | |
| 958 */ | |
| 959 | |
| 9 | 960 OSErr |
| 961 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent) | |
| 7 | 962 { |
| 963 OSErr error; | |
| 964 long actualSize; | |
| 965 DescType dummyType; | |
| 966 AEKeyword missedKeyword; | |
| 967 | |
| 968 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */ | |
| 969 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, | |
| 970 typeKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 971 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword), | |
| 972 &actualSize); | |
| 973 | |
| 974 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */ | |
| 975 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 976 { | |
| 977 error = noErr; | |
| 978 } | |
| 979 else | |
| 980 { | |
| 981 #if 0 | |
| 982 /* Why is this removed? */ | |
| 983 error = errAEEventNotHandled; | |
| 984 #endif | |
| 985 } | |
| 986 | |
| 987 return error; | |
| 988 } | |
| 989 | |
| 990 | |
| 991 /* | |
| 992 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent | |
| 993 * | |
| 994 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon. | |
| 995 * | |
| 996 */ | |
| 997 | |
| 998 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange; | |
| 999 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */ | |
| 1000 { | |
| 1001 short unused1; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1002 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range) | |
| 1003 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 1004 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 1005 long unused2; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1006 long theDate; // modification date/time | |
| 1007 }; | |
| 1008 | |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1009 static long drop_numFiles; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1010 static short drop_gotPosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1011 static SelectionRange drop_thePosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1012 |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1013 static void |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1014 drop_callback(void *cookie UNUSED) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1015 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1016 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1017 if ((drop_numFiles == 1) & (drop_gotPosition)) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1018 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1019 if (drop_thePosition.lineNum >= 0) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1020 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1021 lnum = drop_thePosition.lineNum + 1; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1022 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1023 setpcmark();*/ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1024 if (lnum < 1L) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1025 lnum = 1L; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1026 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1027 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1028 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1029 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1030 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1031 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1032 else |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1033 goto_byte(drop_thePosition.startRange + 1); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1034 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1035 |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1036 /* Update the screen display */ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1037 update_screen(NOT_VALID); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1038 |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1039 /* Select the text if possible */ |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1040 if (drop_gotPosition) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1041 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1042 VIsual_active = TRUE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1043 VIsual_select = FALSE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1044 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1045 if (drop_thePosition.lineNum < 0) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1046 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1047 VIsual_mode = 'v'; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1048 goto_byte(drop_thePosition.endRange); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1049 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1050 else |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1051 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1052 VIsual_mode = 'V'; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1053 VIsual.col = 0; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1054 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1055 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1056 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1057 |
| 7 | 1058 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed- |
| 1059 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text | |
| 1060 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in | |
| 1061 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll | |
| 1062 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and | |
| 1063 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified. | |
| 1064 */ | |
| 1065 | |
| 9 | 1066 pascal OSErr |
| 1067 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1068 { |
| 1069 /* | |
| 1070 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into | |
| 1071 * a ":args" | |
| 1072 */ | |
| 1073 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1074 // OSErr firstError = noErr; | |
| 1075 // short numErrors = 0; | |
| 1076 AEDesc theList; | |
| 1077 DescType typeCode; | |
| 1078 long numFiles; | |
| 1079 // long fileCount; | |
| 1080 char_u **fnames; | |
| 1081 // char_u fname[256]; | |
| 1082 Size actualSize; | |
| 1083 SelectionRange thePosition; | |
| 1084 short gotPosition = false; | |
| 1085 long lnum; | |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */ | |
| 1088 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList); | |
| 1089 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1090 return error; |
| 7 | 1091 |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize); | |
| 1094 if (error == noErr) | |
| 1095 gotPosition = true; | |
| 1096 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 1097 error = noErr; | |
| 1098 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1099 return error; |
| 7 | 1100 |
| 1101 /* | |
| 1102 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition); | |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 if (^error) then | |
| 1105 { | |
| 1106 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1107 { | |
| 1108 // Goto this line | |
| 1109 } | |
| 1110 else | |
| 1111 { | |
| 1112 // Set the range char wise | |
| 1113 } | |
| 1114 } | |
| 1115 */ | |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 reset_VIsual(); | |
| 1118 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 if (error) | |
| 1121 { | |
| 1122 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */ | |
| 1123 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 1124 return (error); | |
| 1125 } | |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 if (starting > 0) | |
| 1128 { | |
| 1129 int i; | |
| 1130 char_u *p; | |
| 1409 | 1131 int fnum = -1; |
| 7 | 1132 |
| 1133 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */ | |
| 1134 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++) | |
| 1135 { | |
| 1136 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL | |
| 1137 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL) | |
| 1138 mch_exit(2); | |
| 1139 else | |
| 1140 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2); | |
| 1409 | 1141 if (fnum == -1) |
| 1142 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum; | |
| 1143 } | |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch | |
| 1146 * to it. */ | |
| 1147 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum) | |
| 1148 { | |
| 1149 char_u cmd[30]; | |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum); | |
| 1152 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
| 7 | 1153 } |
| 816 | 1154 |
| 1155 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */ | |
|
13170
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1156 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 |
|
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1157 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0]), "drop") == OK) |
| 816 | 1158 shorten_fnames(TRUE); |
| 1159 | |
| 7 | 1160 goto finished; |
| 1161 } | |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */ | |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1164 drop_numFiles = numFiles; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1165 drop_gotPosition = gotPosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1166 drop_thePosition = thePosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1167 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE, drop_callback, NULL); |
| 5735 | 1168 |
| 7 | 1169 setcursor(); |
| 1170 out_flush(); | |
| 1171 | |
| 37 | 1172 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ |
| 1173 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 1174 | |
| 1107 | 1175 finished: |
| 7 | 1176 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */ |
| 1177 | |
| 9 | 1178 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1179 return error; |
| 7 | 1180 } |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 /* | |
| 1183 * | |
| 1184 */ | |
| 1185 | |
| 9 | 1186 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1187 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE( |
| 1188 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1189 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1190 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1191 { |
| 1192 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1193 | |
| 9 | 1194 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1195 return error; |
| 7 | 1196 } |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 /* | |
| 1199 * | |
| 1200 */ | |
| 1201 | |
| 9 | 1202 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1203 Handle_aevt_quit_AE( |
| 1204 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1205 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1206 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1207 { |
| 1208 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1209 | |
| 9 | 1210 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 1211 if (error) |
| 1107 | 1212 return error; |
| 7 | 1213 |
| 1214 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */ | |
| 1215 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa"); | |
| 1216 | |
| 1107 | 1217 return error; |
| 7 | 1218 } |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 /* | |
| 1221 * | |
| 1222 */ | |
| 1223 | |
| 9 | 1224 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1225 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE( |
| 1226 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1227 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1228 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1229 { |
| 1230 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1231 | |
| 9 | 1232 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1233 |
| 1234 return error; | |
| 7 | 1235 } |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 /* | |
| 1238 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent | |
| 1239 * | |
| 1240 * (Just get rid of all the parms) | |
| 1241 */ | |
| 9 | 1242 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1243 Handle_unknown_AE( |
| 1244 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1245 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1246 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1247 { |
| 1248 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1249 | |
| 9 | 1250 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1251 |
| 1252 return error; | |
| 7 | 1253 } |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 /* | |
| 1257 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers | |
| 1258 */ | |
| 9 | 1259 OSErr |
| 1260 InstallAEHandlers(void) | |
| 7 | 1261 { |
| 1262 OSErr error; | |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 /* install open application handler */ | |
| 1265 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, | |
| 593 | 1266 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1267 if (error) |
| 1268 { | |
| 1269 return error; | |
| 1270 } | |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 /* install quit application handler */ | |
| 1273 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, | |
| 593 | 1274 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1275 if (error) |
| 1276 { | |
| 1277 return error; | |
| 1278 } | |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 /* install open document handler */ | |
| 1281 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1282 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1283 if (error) |
| 1284 { | |
| 1285 return error; | |
| 1286 } | |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 /* install print document handler */ | |
| 1289 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, | |
| 593 | 1290 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1291 |
| 1292 /* Install Core Suite */ | |
| 1293 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone, | |
| 593 | 1294 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1295 |
| 1296 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose, | |
| 593 | 1297 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1298 |
| 1299 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements, | |
| 593 | 1300 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1301 |
| 1302 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement, | |
| 593 | 1303 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1304 |
| 1305 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete, | |
| 593 | 1306 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1307 |
| 1308 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist, | |
| 593 | 1309 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1310 |
| 1311 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData, | |
| 593 | 1312 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false); |
| 7 | 1313 |
| 1314 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize, | |
| 593 | 1315 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false); |
| 7 | 1316 |
| 1317 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo, | |
| 593 | 1318 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1319 |
| 1320 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo, | |
| 593 | 1321 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1322 |
| 1323 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove, | |
| 593 | 1324 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1325 |
| 1326 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave, | |
| 593 | 1327 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1328 |
| 1329 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData, | |
| 593 | 1330 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1331 */ |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 1334 /* | |
| 1335 * Bind codewarrior support handlers | |
| 1336 */ | |
| 1337 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX', | |
| 593 | 1338 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1339 if (error) |
| 1340 { | |
| 1341 return error; | |
| 1342 } | |
| 1343 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH', | |
| 593 | 1344 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1345 if (error) |
| 1346 { | |
| 1347 return error; | |
| 1348 } | |
| 1349 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ', | |
| 593 | 1350 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1351 if (error) |
| 1352 { | |
| 1353 return error; | |
| 1354 } | |
| 1355 #endif | |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 return error; | |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 } | |
| 1360 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */ | |
| 1361 | |
| 13 | 1362 |
| 1363 /* | |
| 1364 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below, | |
| 1365 * to handle Font Panel events. | |
| 1366 */ | |
| 1367 static OSStatus | |
| 593 | 1368 FontPanelHandler( |
| 1369 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, | |
| 1370 EventRef inEvent, | |
| 1371 void *inUserData) | |
| 13 | 1372 { |
| 1373 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed) | |
| 1374 { | |
| 1375 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false; | |
| 1376 return noErr; | |
| 1377 } | |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection) | |
| 1380 { | |
| 1381 OSStatus status; | |
| 1382 FMFontFamily newFamily; | |
| 1383 FMFontSize newSize; | |
| 1384 FMFontStyle newStyle; | |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */ | |
| 1387 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily, | |
| 1388 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL, | |
| 1389 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL, | |
| 1390 &newFamily); | |
| 1391 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1392 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily; | |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 /* Retrieve the font size. */ | |
| 1395 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize, | |
| 1396 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize); | |
| 1397 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1398 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize; | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */ | |
| 1401 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle, | |
| 1402 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle); | |
| 1403 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1404 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle; | |
| 1405 } | |
| 1406 return noErr; | |
| 1407 } | |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 static void | |
| 593 | 1411 InstallFontPanelHandler(void) |
| 13 | 1412 { |
| 1413 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2]; | |
| 1414 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP; | |
| 1415 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */ | |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1418 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection; | |
| 1419 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1420 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed; | |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler); | |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes, | |
| 1425 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL); | |
| 1426 } | |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 /* | |
| 1430 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size | |
| 1431 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel. | |
| 1432 */ | |
| 168 | 1433 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32 |
| 13 | 1434 static void |
| 501 | 1435 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName) |
| 13 | 1436 { |
| 168 | 1437 Str255 buf; |
| 1438 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0; | |
| 1439 ATSUFontID fid; | |
| 1440 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 13 | 1441 |
| 1442 if (!outName) | |
| 1443 return; | |
| 1444 | |
| 168 | 1445 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr) |
| 1446 { | |
| 1447 /* Canonicalize localized font names */ | |
| 1448 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family, | |
| 1449 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr) | |
| 1450 return; | |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could | |
| 1453 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */ | |
| 1454 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform, | |
| 1455 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 501 | 1456 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr) |
| 168 | 1457 return; |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is | |
| 1460 * already part of the font full name */ | |
| 501 | 1461 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d", |
| 168 | 1462 gFontPanelInfo.size/*, |
| 1463 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""), | |
| 1464 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""), | |
| 1465 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/); | |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255) | |
| 1468 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString); | |
| 1469 } | |
| 1470 else | |
| 1471 { | |
| 501 | 1472 *outName = NUL; |
| 168 | 1473 } |
| 13 | 1474 } |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | |
| 7 | 1477 /* |
| 1478 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1479 * Unfiled yet | |
| 1480 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1481 */ | |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 /* | |
| 1484 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index | |
| 1485 * | |
| 4352 | 1486 * Returns the index inside the menu where |
| 7 | 1487 */ |
| 2585 | 1488 short /* Should we return MenuItemIndex? */ |
| 593 | 1489 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1490 { |
| 1491 short index; | |
| 1492 short itemIndex = -1; | |
| 1493 vimmenu_T *pBrother; | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1496 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1497 * -popup menu | |
| 1498 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1499 * | |
| 1500 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1501 */ | |
| 1502 if (pMenu->parent) | |
| 1503 { | |
| 1504 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */ | |
| 1505 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children; | |
| 1506 index = 1; | |
| 1507 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1)) | |
| 1508 { | |
| 1509 if (pBrother == pMenu) | |
| 1510 itemIndex = index; | |
| 1511 index++; | |
| 1512 pBrother = pBrother->next; | |
| 1513 } | |
| 1514 } | |
| 1515 return itemIndex; | |
| 1516 } | |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 static vimmenu_T * | |
| 593 | 1519 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1520 { |
| 1521 short index; | |
| 1522 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu; | |
| 1523 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent; | |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 /* Only menu without parent are the: | |
| 1527 * -menu in the menubar | |
| 1528 * -popup menu | |
| 1529 * -toolbar (guess) | |
| 1530 * | |
| 1531 * Which are not items anyway. | |
| 1532 */ | |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID)) | |
| 1535 { | |
| 1536 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++) | |
| 1537 pMenu = pMenu->next; | |
| 1538 } | |
| 1539 else | |
| 1540 { | |
| 1541 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next) | |
| 1542 { | |
| 1543 if (pMenu->children != NULL) | |
| 1544 { | |
| 1545 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu | |
| 1546 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children); | |
| 1547 if (pChildMenu) | |
| 1548 { | |
| 1549 pMenu = pChildMenu; | |
| 1550 break; | |
| 1551 } | |
| 1552 } | |
| 1553 } | |
| 1554 } | |
| 1555 return pMenu; | |
| 1556 } | |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 /* | |
| 1559 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1560 * MacOS Feedback procedures | |
| 1561 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1562 */ | |
| 1563 pascal | |
| 1564 void | |
| 9 | 1565 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1566 { |
| 1567 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 1568 int value, dragging; | |
| 1569 ControlHandle theControlToUse; | |
| 1570 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 theControlToUse = dragged_sb; | |
| 1573 | |
| 9 | 1574 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse)); |
| 7 | 1575 |
| 1576 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1577 return; | |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */ | |
| 9 | 1580 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse); |
| 7 | 1581 dragging = (partCode != 0); |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1584 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1585 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1586 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1587 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1588 } | |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 pascal | |
| 1591 void | |
| 9 | 1592 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1593 { |
| 1594 /* TODO: have live support */ | |
| 1595 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info; | |
| 1596 long data; | |
| 1597 long value; | |
| 1598 int page; | |
| 1599 int dragging = FALSE; | |
| 1600 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1601 | |
| 9 | 1602 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl)); |
| 7 | 1603 |
| 1604 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1605 return; | |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */ | |
| 1608 { | |
| 1609 /* | |
| 1610 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar | |
| 1611 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to | |
| 1612 * gui_drag_scrollbar(). | |
| 1613 */ | |
| 1614 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 if (sb_info->size > 5) | |
| 1617 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */ | |
| 1618 else | |
| 1619 page = sb_info->size; | |
| 1620 } | |
| 1621 else /* Bottom scrollbar */ | |
| 1622 { | |
| 1623 sb_info = sb; | |
|
12515
972ea22c946f
patch 8.0.1136: W_WIDTH() is always the same
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12317
diff
changeset
|
1624 page = curwin->w_width - 5; |
| 7 | 1625 } |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 switch (partCode) | |
| 1628 { | |
| 1629 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break; | |
| 1630 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break; | |
| 1631 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break; | |
| 1632 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break; | |
| 1633 default: data = 0; break; | |
| 1634 } | |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 value = sb_info->value + data; | |
| 1637 /* if (value > sb_info->max) | |
| 1638 value = sb_info->max; | |
| 1639 else if (value < 0) | |
| 1640 value = 0;*/ | |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new | |
| 1643 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */ | |
| 1644 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; | |
| 1645 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1646 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 out_flush(); | |
| 1649 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL) | |
| 1652 { | |
| 1653 win_T *wp; | |
| 1654 int sb_num; | |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 sb_num = 0; | |
| 1657 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp)) | |
| 1658 sb_num++; | |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 1661 { | |
| 1662 current_scrollbar = sb_num; | |
| 1663 scrollbar_value = value; | |
| 1664 gui_do_scroll(); | |
| 1665 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1666 } | |
| 1667 }*/ | |
| 1668 } | |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 /* | |
| 1671 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1672 * MacOS Click Handling procedures | |
| 1673 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1674 */ | |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 /* | |
| 1678 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the | |
| 1679 * scrollbar or the contents. | |
| 1680 * | |
| 1681 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR | |
| 1682 */ | |
| 1683 void | |
| 593 | 1684 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1685 { |
| 1686 Point thePoint; | |
| 1687 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 1688 short thePortion; | |
| 1689 ControlHandle theControl; | |
| 1690 int vimMouseButton; | |
| 1691 short dblClick; | |
| 1692 | |
| 1693 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 1694 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 1695 SelectWindow(whichWindow); | |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl); | |
| 7 | 1698 |
| 1699 if (theControl != NUL) | |
| 1700 { | |
| 4352 | 1701 /* We hit a scrollbar */ |
| 7 | 1702 |
| 1703 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart) | |
| 1704 { | |
| 1705 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1706 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction); | |
| 1707 dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 1708 } | |
| 1709 else | |
| 1710 { | |
| 1711 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1712 #if 1 | |
| 1713 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag); | |
| 1714 #else | |
| 1715 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL); | |
| 1716 #endif | |
| 1717 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse | |
| 1718 * button has been released */ | |
| 9 | 1719 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 1720 dragged_sb = NULL; |
| 1721 } | |
| 1722 } | |
| 1723 else | |
| 1724 { | |
| 1725 /* We are inside the contents */ | |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */ | |
| 1728 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */ | |
| 1731 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT; | |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */ | |
| 593 | 1734 /* TODO: NEEDED? */ |
| 7 | 1735 clickIsPopup = FALSE; |
| 1736 | |
| 1292 | 1737 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent)) |
| 1738 { | |
| 1739 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
| 1740 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 1741 clickIsPopup = TRUE; | |
| 1742 } | |
| 7 | 1743 |
| 1744 /* Is it a double click ? */ | |
| 1745 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime()); | |
| 1746 | |
| 593 | 1747 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */ |
| 7 | 1748 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h, |
| 1749 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers); | |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect | |
| 1752 * the mouse dragging | |
| 1753 */ | |
| 1754 #if 0 | |
| 1755 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu? | |
| 1756 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup? | |
| 1757 */ | |
| 1758 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT) | |
| 1759 #endif | |
| 1760 { | |
| 9 | 1761 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 1762 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 1763 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 1764 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 dragRectEnbl = TRUE; | |
| 1767 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 1768 } | |
| 1769 } | |
| 1770 } | |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 /* | |
| 1773 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window) | |
| 1774 */ | |
| 1775 void | |
| 593 | 1776 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1777 { |
| 1778 Rect movingLimits; | |
| 1779 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits; | |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */ | |
| 9 | 1782 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits); |
| 1783 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr); | |
| 7 | 1784 } |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 /* | |
| 1787 * Handle the click in the grow box | |
| 1788 */ | |
| 1789 void | |
| 593 | 1790 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1791 { |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 long newSize; | |
| 1794 unsigned short newWidth; | |
| 1795 unsigned short newHeight; | |
| 1796 Rect resizeLimits; | |
| 1797 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits; | |
| 1798 Rect NewContentRect; | |
| 1799 | |
| 9 | 1800 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits); |
| 7 | 1801 |
| 1212 | 1802 /* Set the minimum size */ |
| 7 | 1803 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */ |
| 1804 resizeLimits.top = 100; | |
| 1805 resizeLimits.left = 100; | |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect); | |
| 1808 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left; | |
| 1809 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top; | |
| 1810 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight); | |
| 1811 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1812 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1813 } |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 /* | |
| 1816 * Handle the click in the zoom box | |
| 1817 */ | |
| 1818 static void | |
| 593 | 1819 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1820 { |
| 1821 Rect r; | |
| 1822 Point p; | |
| 1823 short thePart; | |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 /* ideal width is current */ | |
| 1826 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1827 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 1828 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1829 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 1830 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 2585 | 1831 /* ideal height is as high as we can get */ |
| 7 | 1832 p.v = 15 * 1024; |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r) | |
| 1835 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut; | |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart)) | |
| 1838 return; | |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 /* use returned width */ | |
| 1841 p.h = r.right - r.left; | |
| 1842 /* adjust returned height */ | |
| 1843 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset; | |
| 1844 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 1845 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height; | |
| 1846 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height; | |
| 1847 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 2869 | 1848 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
| 7 | 1849 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height; |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p); | |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 1854 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 1855 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1856 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1857 } |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 /* | |
| 1860 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1861 * MacOS Event Handling procedure | |
| 1862 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1863 */ | |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 /* | |
| 1866 * Handle the Update Event | |
| 1867 */ | |
| 1868 | |
| 1869 void | |
| 593 | 1870 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1871 { |
| 1872 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1873 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 1874 RgnHandle updateRgn; | |
| 1875 Rect updateRect; | |
| 1876 Rect *updateRectPtr; | |
| 1877 Rect rc; | |
| 1878 Rect growRect; | |
| 1879 RgnHandle saveRgn; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 updateRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1883 if (updateRgn == NULL) | |
| 1884 return; | |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 /* This could be done by the caller as we | |
| 1887 * don't require anything else out of the event | |
| 1888 */ | |
| 1889 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1890 | |
| 1891 /* Save Current Port */ | |
| 9 | 1892 GetPort(&savePort); |
| 7 | 1893 |
| 1894 /* Select the Window's Port */ | |
| 9 | 1895 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1896 |
| 1897 /* Let's update the window */ | |
| 9 | 1898 BeginUpdate(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1899 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area |
| 1900 * to be updated. | |
| 1901 */ | |
| 1902 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn); | |
| 1903 # if 0 | |
| 1212 | 1904 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't |
| 7 | 1905 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany) |
| 1906 */ | |
| 1907 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn); | |
| 1908 # endif | |
| 593 | 1909 |
| 7 | 1910 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/ |
| 9 | 1911 HLock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 593 | 1912 |
| 9 | 1913 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect); |
| 7 | 1914 # if 0 |
| 1915 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion. | |
| 1916 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany) | |
| 1917 */ | |
| 1918 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */ | |
| 1919 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect)); | |
| 1920 # endif | |
| 1921 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */ | |
| 1922 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top, | |
| 1923 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left, | |
| 1924 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top); | |
| 1925 /* Clear the border areas if needed */ | |
| 1926 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 1927 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0)) | |
| 1928 { | |
| 9 | 1929 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 1930 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1931 } |
| 1932 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0)) | |
| 1933 { | |
| 9 | 1934 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0)); |
| 1935 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1936 } |
| 1937 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns)) | |
| 1938 { | |
| 9 | 1939 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0, |
| 7 | 1940 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 9 | 1941 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1942 } |
| 1943 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows)) | |
| 1944 { | |
| 9 | 1945 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, |
| 7 | 1946 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset); |
| 9 | 1947 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1948 } |
| 9 | 1949 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 1950 DisposeRgn(updateRgn); | |
| 7 | 1951 |
| 1952 /* Update scrollbars */ | |
| 9 | 1953 DrawControls(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1954 |
| 1955 /* Update the GrowBox */ | |
| 1956 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */ | |
| 1957 saveRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1958 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect); | |
| 9 | 1959 GetClip(saveRgn); |
| 1960 ClipRect(&growRect); | |
| 1961 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow); | |
| 1962 SetClip(saveRgn); | |
| 1963 DisposeRgn(saveRgn); | |
| 1964 EndUpdate(whichWindow); | |
| 7 | 1965 |
| 1966 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 1967 SetPort(savePort); |
| 7 | 1968 } |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 /* | |
| 1971 * Handle the activate/deactivate event | |
| 1972 * (apply to a window) | |
| 1973 */ | |
| 1974 void | |
| 593 | 1975 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1976 { |
| 1977 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
| 1292 | 1980 /* Dim scrollbars */ |
| 1981 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow) | |
| 7 | 1982 { |
| 1562 | 1983 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 1984 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); | |
| 1985 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag) | |
| 1986 ActivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 1987 else | |
| 1988 DeactivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 7 | 1989 } |
| 1292 | 1990 |
| 1991 /* Activate */ | |
| 1992 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag); | |
| 7 | 1993 } |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 /* | |
| 1997 * Handle the suspend/resume event | |
| 1998 * (apply to the application) | |
| 1999 */ | |
| 2000 void | |
| 593 | 2001 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2002 { |
| 2003 /* The frontmost application just changed */ | |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate | |
| 2006 * seen on MacOS X | |
| 2007 */ | |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 /* May not need to change focus as the window will | |
| 1212 | 2010 * get an activate/deactivate event |
| 7 | 2011 */ |
| 2012 if (event->message & 1) | |
| 2013 /* Resume */ | |
| 2014 gui_focus_change(TRUE); | |
| 2015 else | |
| 2016 /* Suspend */ | |
| 2017 gui_focus_change(FALSE); | |
| 2018 } | |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 /* | |
| 2021 * Handle the key | |
| 2022 */ | |
| 168 | 2023 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 2024 static pascal OSStatus |
| 2025 gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 2026 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2027 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2028 void *data) | |
| 2029 { | |
| 2030 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2031 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow) | |
| 2034 { | |
| 2035 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2036 { | |
| 2037 case kEventWindowActivated: | |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
2038 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 1562 | 2039 im_on_window_switch(TRUE); |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
2040 # endif |
| 1562 | 2041 return noErr; |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 case kEventWindowDeactivated: | |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
2044 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 1562 | 2045 im_on_window_switch(FALSE); |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
2046 # endif |
| 1562 | 2047 return noErr; |
| 2048 } | |
| 2049 } | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2052 } | |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2055 gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 2056 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2057 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2058 void *data) | |
| 2059 { | |
| 2060 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2061 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput) | |
| 2064 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) && | |
| 2067 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) && | |
| 2068 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) && | |
| 2069 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) && | |
| 2070 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind)) | |
| 2071 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2074 { | |
| 2075 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea: | |
| 2076 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2077 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent: | |
| 2078 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos: | |
| 2081 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset: | |
| 2082 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText: | |
| 2083 break; | |
| 2084 } | |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2087 } | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 static pascal | |
| 2090 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 2091 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2092 EventRef theEvent) | |
| 2093 { | |
| 2094 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2095 } | |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the | |
| 2098 keys */ | |
| 857 | 2099 |
| 168 | 2100 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80 |
| 2101 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 1562 | 2102 gui_mac_unicode_key_event( |
| 593 | 2103 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, |
| 1562 | 2104 EventRef theEvent) |
| 168 | 2105 { |
| 2106 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */ | |
| 1012 | 2107 OSStatus err = -1; |
| 168 | 2108 UInt32 actualSize; |
| 2109 UniChar *text; | |
| 2110 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 2111 short len = 0; | |
| 2112 UInt32 key_sym; | |
| 2113 char charcode; | |
| 2114 int key_char; | |
| 1012 | 2115 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers; |
| 168 | 2116 size_t encLen; |
| 2117 char_u *to = NULL; | |
| 2118 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE; | |
| 2119 int i; | |
| 1562 | 2120 EventRef keyEvent; |
| 168 | 2121 |
| 2122 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2123 if (p_mh) | |
| 2124 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2125 | |
| 1012 | 2126 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */ |
| 2127 if (dialog_busy) | |
| 1562 | 2128 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2129 |
| 2130 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2131 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL)) |
| 2132 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 1012 | 2133 |
| 2134 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize); | |
| 2135 if (!text) | |
| 1562 | 2136 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2137 |
| 2138 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2139 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text); |
| 1012 | 2140 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent, | |
| 1562 | 2143 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent); |
| 1012 | 2144 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 1562 | 2147 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers); |
| 1012 | 2148 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode, | |
| 1562 | 2151 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym); |
| 1012 | 2152 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes, | |
| 1562 | 2155 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode); |
| 1012 | 2156 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2157 | |
| 168 | 2158 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY |
| 1012 | 2159 if (modifiers & cmdKey) |
| 1562 | 2160 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */ |
| 168 | 2161 #endif |
| 1012 | 2162 |
| 2163 key_char = charcode; | |
| 2164 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers); | |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */ | |
| 2167 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) && | |
| 1562 | 2168 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f))) |
| 2169 { | |
| 2170 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i) | |
| 2171 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2172 { | |
| 2173 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, | |
| 2174 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 2175 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, | |
| 2176 (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2177 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2178 break; | |
| 2179 } | |
| 168 | 2180 } |
| 1012 | 2181 |
| 2182 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */ | |
| 2183 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') || | |
| 1562 | 2184 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.')) |
| 2185 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 1012 | 2186 |
| 2187 if (!isSpecial) | |
| 2188 { | |
| 1562 | 2189 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g., |
| 2190 * '(' and '*' */ | |
| 2191 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char)) | |
| 2192 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */ | |
| 2195 if (key_char < 0x20) | |
| 2196 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 /* don't process unicode characters here */ | |
| 2199 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2200 { | |
| 2201 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers | |
| 2202 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */ | |
| 2203 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */ | |
| 2206 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2207 if (key_char == CSI) | |
| 2208 key_char = K_CSI; | |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2211 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2212 } | |
| 1012 | 2213 } |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 if (vimModifiers) | |
| 2216 { | |
| 1562 | 2217 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2218 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2219 result[len++] = vimModifiers; | |
| 1012 | 2220 } |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2223 { | |
| 1562 | 2224 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2225 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2226 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 1012 | 2227 } |
| 2228 else | |
| 2229 { | |
| 1562 | 2230 encLen = actualSize; |
| 2231 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen); | |
| 2232 if (to) | |
| 2233 { | |
| 2234 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */ | |
| 2235 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i) | |
| 2236 { | |
| 2237 result[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2238 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2239 { | |
| 2240 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2241 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 2242 } | |
| 2243 } | |
| 2244 vim_free(to); | |
| 2245 } | |
| 1012 | 2246 } |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 add_to_input_buf(result, len); | |
| 2249 err = noErr; | |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 done: | |
| 2252 vim_free(text); | |
| 2253 if (err == noErr) | |
| 2254 { | |
| 1562 | 2255 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get |
| 2256 * key repeat working */ | |
| 2257 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2258 return noErr; | |
| 1012 | 2259 } |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 168 | 2262 } |
| 2263 #else | |
| 7 | 2264 void |
| 2265 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) | |
| 2266 { | |
| 2267 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */ | |
| 2268 long menu; | |
| 2269 unsigned char string[20]; | |
| 2270 short num, i; | |
| 2271 short len = 0; | |
| 2272 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 2273 int key_char; | |
| 2274 int modifiers; | |
| 26 | 2275 int simplify = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2276 |
| 2277 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */ | |
| 2278 if (p_mh) | |
| 2279 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2280 | |
|
15034
6e4e0d43b20b
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
14862
diff
changeset
|
2281 /* Get the key code and its ASCII representation */ |
| 7 | 2282 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8); |
| 2283 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask; | |
| 2284 num = 1; | |
| 2285 | |
| 2286 /* Intercept CTRL-C */ | |
| 2287 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey) | |
| 9 | 2288 { |
| 7 | 2289 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) |
| 2290 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 9 | 2291 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0 |
| 2292 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6')) | |
| 2293 { | |
| 2294 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */ | |
| 2295 if (key_char == '2') | |
| 2296 key_char = Ctrl_AT; | |
| 2297 else | |
| 2298 key_char = Ctrl_HAT; | |
| 2299 theEvent->modifiers = 0; | |
| 2300 } | |
| 2301 } | |
| 7 | 2302 |
| 2303 /* Intercept CMD-. */ | |
| 2304 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2305 if (key_char == '.') | |
| 2306 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 /* Handle command key as per menu */ | |
| 2309 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */ | |
| 2310 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) | |
| 2311 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button. | |
| 2312 * Why the mouse button? */ | |
| 2313 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0) | |
| 2314 { | |
| 2315 menu = MenuKey(key_char); | |
| 2316 if (HiWord(menu)) | |
| 2317 { | |
| 2318 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu); | |
| 2319 return; | |
| 2320 } | |
| 2321 } | |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 /* Convert the modifiers */ | |
| 2324 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 /* Handle special keys. */ | |
| 2328 #if 0 | |
| 26 | 2329 /* Why has this been removed? */ |
| 7 | 2330 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey))) |
| 2331 #endif | |
| 2332 { | |
| 2333 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */ | |
| 2334 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f)) | |
| 2335 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 2336 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2337 { | |
| 2338 # if 0 | |
| 2339 /* We currently don't have not so special key */ | |
| 2340 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL) | |
| 2341 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0; | |
| 2342 else | |
| 2343 # endif | |
| 9 | 2344 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, |
| 2345 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 26 | 2346 simplify = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2347 break; |
| 2348 } | |
| 2349 } | |
| 2350 | |
| 26 | 2351 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */ |
| 2352 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ') | |
| 2353 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers); | |
| 7 | 2354 |
| 2355 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */ | |
| 2356 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */ | |
| 2357 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char) | |
| 2358 && key_sym != vk_Space | |
| 2359 && key_sym != vk_Tab | |
| 2360 && key_sym != vk_Return | |
| 2361 && key_sym != vk_Enter | |
| 2362 && key_sym != vk_Esc) | |
| 2363 { | |
| 2364 #if 1 | |
| 2365 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */ | |
| 9 | 2366 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 2367 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2368 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 7 | 2369 modifiers = 0; |
| 2370 #else | |
| 9 | 2371 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) |
| 7 | 2372 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; |
| 9 | 2373 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) |
| 7 | 2374 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT; |
| 9 | 2375 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 7 | 2376 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; |
| 2377 #endif | |
| 2378 } | |
| 9 | 2379 if (modifiers) |
| 7 | 2380 { |
| 9 | 2381 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2382 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2383 string[len++] = modifiers; | |
| 7 | 2384 } |
| 2385 | |
| 9 | 2386 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) |
| 7 | 2387 { |
| 9 | 2388 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2389 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2390 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 7 | 2391 } |
| 2392 else | |
| 2393 { | |
| 2394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9 | 2395 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1). |
| 2396 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */ | |
| 2397 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0) | |
| 7 | 2398 { |
| 2399 char_u from[2], *to; | |
| 2400 int l; | |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 from[0] = key_char; | |
| 2403 from[1] = NUL; | |
| 2404 l = 1; | |
| 2405 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l); | |
| 2406 if (to != NULL) | |
| 2407 { | |
| 2408 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++) | |
| 2409 { | |
| 2410 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2411 { | |
| 2412 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2413 string[len++] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2414 } | |
| 2415 else | |
| 2416 string[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2417 } | |
| 2418 vim_free(to); | |
| 2419 } | |
| 2420 else | |
| 2421 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2422 } | |
| 2423 else | |
| 2424 #endif | |
| 2425 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2426 } | |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI) | |
| 2429 { | |
| 2430 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */ | |
| 2431 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2432 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2433 } | |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 add_to_input_buf(string, len); | |
| 2436 } | |
| 168 | 2437 #endif |
| 7 | 2438 |
| 2439 /* | |
| 2440 * Handle MouseClick | |
| 2441 */ | |
| 2442 void | |
| 593 | 2443 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2444 { |
| 2445 short thePart; | |
| 2446 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 2447 | |
| 9 | 2448 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2449 |
| 1106 | 2450 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 2451 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a | |
| 2452 click into the tab pane */ | |
| 2453 if (whichWindow == drawer) | |
| 1562 | 2454 return; |
| 1106 | 2455 #endif |
| 2456 | |
| 7 | 2457 switch (thePart) |
| 2458 { | |
| 2459 case (inDesk): | |
| 2460 /* TODO: what to do? */ | |
| 2461 break; | |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 case (inMenuBar): | |
| 9 | 2464 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where)); |
| 7 | 2465 break; |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 case (inContent): | |
| 9 | 2468 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2469 break; |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 case (inDrag): | |
| 9 | 2472 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2473 break; |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 case (inGrow): | |
| 9 | 2476 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2477 break; |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 case (inGoAway): | |
| 2480 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where)) | |
| 2481 gui_shell_closed(); | |
| 2482 break; | |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 case (inZoomIn): | |
| 2485 case (inZoomOut): | |
| 2486 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow); | |
| 2487 break; | |
| 2488 } | |
| 2489 } | |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 /* | |
| 2492 * Handle MouseMoved | |
| 2493 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region] | |
| 2494 */ | |
| 2495 void | |
| 593 | 2496 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2497 { |
| 2498 Point thePoint; | |
| 2499 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 thePoint = event->where; | |
| 9 | 2502 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2503 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers); |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 if (!Button()) | |
| 9 | 2506 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v); |
| 7 | 2507 else |
| 2508 if (!clickIsPopup) | |
| 2509 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h, | |
| 2510 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); | |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */ | |
| 9 | 2513 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 2514 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 2515 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 2516 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 if (dragRectEnbl) | |
| 2519 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 } | |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 /* | |
| 2524 * Handle the mouse release | |
| 2525 */ | |
| 2526 void | |
| 593 | 2527 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2528 { |
| 2529 Point thePoint; | |
| 2530 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */ | |
| 2533 /* Potential source of the double menu */ | |
| 2534 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when; | |
| 2535 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2536 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2537 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 2538 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2539 |
| 2540 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2541 if (clickIsPopup) | |
| 2542 { | |
| 2543 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2544 clickIsPopup = FALSE; | |
| 2545 } | |
| 9 | 2546 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); |
| 7 | 2547 } |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2550 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2551 void *data) | |
| 2552 { | |
| 2553 Point point; | |
| 2554 Rect bounds; | |
| 2555 UInt32 mod; | |
| 2556 SInt32 delta; | |
| 2557 int_u vim_mod; | |
| 939 | 2558 EventMouseWheelAxis axis; |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis, | |
| 2561 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis) | |
| 2562 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY) | |
| 2563 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */ | |
| 7 | 2564 |
| 2565 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, | |
| 2566 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta)) | |
| 2567 goto bail; | |
| 2568 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation, | |
| 2569 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point)) | |
| 2570 goto bail; | |
| 2571 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 2572 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod)) | |
| 2573 goto bail; | |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 vim_mod = 0; | |
| 2576 if (mod & shiftKey) | |
| 2577 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 2578 if (mod & controlKey) | |
| 2579 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2580 if (mod & optionKey) | |
| 2581 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds)) | |
| 2584 { | |
| 2585 point.h -= bounds.left; | |
| 2586 point.v -= bounds.top; | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5, | |
| 2590 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod); | |
| 2591 | |
| 1668 | 2592 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */ |
| 2593 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); | |
| 2594 | |
| 7 | 2595 return noErr; |
| 2596 | |
| 1107 | 2597 bail: |
| 7 | 2598 /* |
| 2599 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform | |
|
15034
6e4e0d43b20b
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
14862
diff
changeset
|
2600 * its actions |
| 7 | 2601 */ |
| 2602 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2603 } | |
| 2604 | |
|
2565
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2605 void |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2606 gui_mch_mousehide(int hide) |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2607 { |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2608 /* TODO */ |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2609 } |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2610 |
| 7 | 2611 #if 0 |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 /* | |
| 2614 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu | |
| 2615 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get | |
| 2616 * the menu that we should display | |
| 2617 */ | |
| 2618 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
2619 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2620 { |
| 2621 /* | |
| 2622 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 2623 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 2624 * Call the procedure | |
| 2625 */ | |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 // Call to Handle Popup | |
| 2628 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); | |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 if (status != noErr) | |
| 2631 return; | |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 2634 { | |
| 2635 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 2636 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 4352 | 2637 /* But what about the current menu, is the many changed by ContextualMenuSelect */ |
| 9 | 2638 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 2639 } |
| 2640 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 2641 { | |
| 2642 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 2643 } | |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 } | |
| 2646 #endif | |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 /* | |
| 2649 * Handle menubar selection | |
| 2650 */ | |
| 2651 void | |
| 593 | 2652 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice) |
| 7 | 2653 { |
| 2654 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2655 short item = LoWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2656 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu; | |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */ | |
| 2659 { | |
| 2660 if (item == 1) | |
| 2661 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */ | |
| 2662 } | |
| 2663 else if (item != 0) | |
| 2664 { | |
| 2665 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu); | |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 if (theVimMenu) | |
| 2668 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu); | |
| 2669 } | |
| 9 | 2670 HiliteMenu(0); |
| 7 | 2671 } |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 /* | |
| 2674 * Dispatch the event to proper handler | |
| 2675 */ | |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 void | |
| 593 | 2678 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2679 { |
| 2680 OSErr error; | |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */ | |
| 1292 | 2683 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event)) |
| 2684 { | |
| 7 | 2685 # if 0 |
| 1562 | 2686 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event); |
| 7 | 2687 # else |
| 1562 | 2688 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2689 # endif |
| 1562 | 2690 return; |
| 1292 | 2691 } |
| 7 | 2692 |
| 2693 /* Handle normal event */ | |
| 2694 switch (event->what) | |
| 2695 { | |
| 168 | 2696 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 7 | 2697 case (keyDown): |
| 2698 case (autoKey): | |
| 9 | 2699 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2700 break; |
| 168 | 2701 #endif |
| 7 | 2702 case (keyUp): |
| 857 | 2703 /* We don't care about when the key is released */ |
| 7 | 2704 break; |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 case (mouseDown): | |
| 2707 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); | |
| 2708 break; | |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 case (mouseUp): | |
| 2711 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event); | |
| 2712 break; | |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 case (updateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2715 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2716 break; |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 case (diskEvt): | |
| 2719 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */ | |
| 2720 break; | |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 case (activateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2723 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2724 break; |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 case (osEvt): | |
| 2727 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF) | |
| 2728 { | |
| 2729 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2730 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2731 break; |
| 2732 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */ | |
| 9 | 2733 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2734 break; |
| 2735 } | |
| 2736 break; | |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2739 case (kHighLevelEvent): | |
| 2740 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */ | |
| 2741 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */ | |
| 2742 break; | |
| 2743 #endif | |
| 2744 } | |
| 2745 } | |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 /* | |
| 2748 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2749 * Unknown Stuff | |
| 2750 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2751 */ | |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 2755 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name) |
| 7 | 2756 { |
| 2757 char_u c; | |
| 2758 char_u *p; | |
| 2759 char_u pFontName[256]; | |
| 2760 Str255 systemFontname; | |
| 2761 short font_id; | |
| 2762 short size=9; | |
| 2763 GuiFont font; | |
| 2764 #if 0 | |
| 2765 char_u *fontNamePtr; | |
| 2766 #endif | |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++) | |
| 2769 ; | |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 c = *p; | |
| 2772 *p = 0; | |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 #if 1 | |
| 2775 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name); | |
| 2776 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name); | |
| 2777 *p = c; | |
| 2778 | |
| 168 | 2779 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */ |
| 2780 char_u fontName[256]; | |
| 2781 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':'); | |
| 2782 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName); | |
| 2783 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen); | |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 ATSUFontID fontRef; | |
| 2786 FMFontStyle fontStyle; | |
| 2787 font_id = 0; | |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName, | |
| 2790 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 2791 &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2792 { | |
| 2793 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2794 font_id = 0; | |
| 2795 } | |
| 13 | 2796 |
| 2797 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2798 { | |
| 2799 /* | |
| 2800 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name | |
| 2801 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used | |
| 2802 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't). | |
| 2803 */ | |
| 2804 int i, changed = FALSE; | |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i) | |
| 2807 { | |
| 2808 if (pFontName[i] == '_') | |
| 2809 { | |
| 2810 pFontName[i] = ' '; | |
| 2811 changed = TRUE; | |
| 2812 } | |
| 2813 } | |
| 2814 if (changed) | |
| 168 | 2815 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], |
| 2816 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode, | |
| 2817 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2818 { | |
| 2819 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2820 font_id = 0; | |
| 2821 } | |
| 13 | 2822 } |
| 2823 | |
| 7 | 2824 #else |
| 2825 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */ | |
| 2826 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name); | |
| 2827 | |
| 9 | 2828 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id); |
| 7 | 2829 #endif |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2833 { | |
| 2834 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */ | |
| 2835 | |
| 168 | 2836 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr) |
| 2837 return NOFONT; | |
| 7 | 2838 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false)) |
| 2839 return NOFONT; | |
| 2840 } | |
| 2841 if (*p == ':') | |
| 2842 { | |
| 2843 p++; | |
| 2844 /* Set the values found after ':' */ | |
| 2845 while (*p) | |
| 2846 { | |
| 2847 switch (*p++) | |
| 2848 { | |
| 2849 case 'h': | |
| 2850 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE); | |
| 2851 break; | |
| 2852 /* | |
| 2853 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles | |
| 2854 */ | |
| 2855 } | |
| 2856 while (*p == ':') | |
| 2857 p++; | |
| 2858 } | |
| 2859 } | |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 if (size < 1) | |
| 2862 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */ | |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); | |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 return font; | |
| 2867 } | |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 /* | |
| 2870 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1212 | 2871 * GUI_MCH functionality |
| 7 | 2872 * ------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 2873 */ | |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 /* | |
| 2876 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are | |
| 2877 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called | |
| 2878 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started. | |
| 2879 */ | |
| 2880 void | |
| 593 | 2881 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv) |
| 7 | 2882 { |
| 2883 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 2884 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2885 FSSpec applDir; | |
| 2886 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 2887 short applVRefNum; | |
| 2888 long applDirID; | |
| 2889 Str255 volName; | |
| 2890 # else | |
| 2891 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 2892 FSRef applFSRef; | |
| 2893 # endif | |
| 2894 #endif | |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 #if 0 | |
| 2897 InitCursor(); | |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2902 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 2903 #endif | |
| 2904 | |
| 9 | 2905 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 2910 |
| 2911 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 2915 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 2916 #else |
| 9 | 2917 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 2918 #endif |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass, | |
| 2922 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute, | |
| 9 | 2923 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow); |
| 2924 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 7 | 2925 |
| 2926 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 2927 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 2928 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 2929 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 2930 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 2931 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 2932 | |
| 9 | 2933 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 2934 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 7 | 2935 |
| 2936 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2937 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 2938 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2939 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 2940 #endif | |
| 2941 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2942 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 9 | 2943 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID); |
| 7 | 2944 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */ |
| 9 | 2945 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir); |
| 7 | 2946 # else |
| 2947 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr) | |
| 2948 * of TN2015 | |
| 2949 */ | |
| 9 | 2950 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn); |
| 7 | 2951 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2952 | |
| 9 | 2953 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef); |
| 7 | 2954 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */ |
| 2955 | |
| 9 | 2956 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL); |
| 7 | 2957 |
| 2958 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */ | |
| 2959 # endif | |
| 9 | 2960 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir); |
| 7 | 2961 #endif |
| 2962 } | |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI | |
| 2965 /* | |
| 2966 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced. | |
| 2967 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 2968 */ | |
| 2969 int | |
| 2970 gui_mch_init_check(void) | |
| 2971 { | |
| 2972 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in | |
| 2973 * using the >console | |
| 2974 */ | |
| 2975 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */ | |
| 2976 return FAIL; | |
| 2977 return OK; | |
| 2978 } | |
| 2979 #endif | |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 static OSErr | |
| 1107 | 2982 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag) |
| 7 | 2983 { |
| 2984 int x, y; | |
| 2985 int_u modifiers; | |
| 2986 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 2987 int count; | |
| 2988 int i, j; | |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */ | |
| 2991 { | |
| 2992 Point point; | |
| 2993 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers; | |
| 2994 UInt16 countItem; | |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL); | |
| 2997 GlobalToLocal(&point); | |
| 2998 x = point.h; | |
| 2999 y = point.v; | |
| 3000 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 3001 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 3002 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem); | |
| 3003 count = countItem; | |
| 3004 } | |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 3007 if (fnames == NULL) | |
| 3008 return dragNotAcceptedErr; | |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 /* Get file names dropped */ | |
| 3011 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 3012 { | |
| 3013 DragItemRef item; | |
| 3014 OSErr err; | |
| 3015 Size size; | |
| 3016 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS; | |
| 3017 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor; | |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 fnames[i] = NULL; | |
| 3020 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item); | |
| 3021 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size); | |
| 3022 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor)) | |
| 3023 continue; | |
| 3024 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0); | |
| 3025 if (err != noErr) | |
| 3026 continue; | |
| 3027 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec); | |
| 3028 } | |
| 3029 count = j; | |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count); | |
| 37 | 3032 |
| 3033 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */ | |
| 3034 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); | |
| 3035 | |
| 7 | 3036 return noErr; |
| 3037 } | |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 /* | |
| 3040 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs | |
| 3041 * etc. | |
| 3042 */ | |
| 3043 int | |
| 593 | 3044 gui_mch_init(void) |
| 7 | 3045 { |
| 3046 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */ | |
| 1565 | 3047 Rect windRect; |
| 3048 MenuHandle pomme; | |
| 7 | 3049 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef; |
| 1562 | 3050 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec; |
| 1565 | 3051 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 168 | 3052 |
| 3053 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr) | |
| 593 | 3054 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */ |
| 168 | 3055 |
| 7 | 3056 #if 1 |
| 3057 InitCursor(); | |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 3062 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 3063 #endif | |
| 3064 | |
| 9 | 3065 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */ |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 3070 |
| 3071 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 3075 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 3076 #else |
| 9 | 3077 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 3078 #endif |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, | |
| 3081 zoomDocProc, | |
| 3082 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0); | |
| 1292 | 3083 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); |
| 7 | 3084 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler, |
| 3085 gui.VimWindow, NULL); | |
| 9 | 3086 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 3087 |
| 3088 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 3089 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 3090 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 3091 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 3092 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
| 3093 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */ | |
| 3094 | |
| 9 | 3095 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 3096 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 593 | 3097 |
| 13 | 3098 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */ |
| 3099 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler(); | |
| 7 | 3100 |
| 3101 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 3102 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 3103 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 3104 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 3105 #endif | |
| 3106 /* Display any pending error messages */ | |
| 3107 display_errors(); | |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */ | |
| 1212 | 3110 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */ |
| 7 | 3111 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000; |
| 3112 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF; | |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc | |
| 3115 * file). */ | |
| 3116 set_normal_colors(); | |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 /* | |
| 3119 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color. | |
| 3120 * Then store the current values as the defaults. | |
| 3121 */ | |
| 3122 gui_check_colors(); | |
| 3123 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 3124 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have | |
| 3127 * changed them) */ | |
| 3128 highlight_gui_started(); | |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 /* | |
| 3131 * Setting the gui constants | |
| 3132 */ | |
| 3133 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3134 gui.menu_height = 0; | |
| 3135 #endif | |
| 3136 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */ | |
| 3137 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2; | |
| 3138 | |
| 1212 | 3139 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see |
| 7 | 3140 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */ |
| 3141 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1"); | |
| 593 | 3142 |
| 7 | 3143 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse; |
| 3144 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved; | |
| 3145 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel); | |
| 3146 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1, | |
| 3147 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef)) | |
| 3148 { | |
| 3149 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL; | |
| 3150 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3151 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3152 } | |
| 3153 | |
| 168 | 3154 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 3155 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument }; |
| 3156 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0); | |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */ | |
| 3159 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE); | |
| 3160 | |
| 3161 /* Should we activate the document by default? */ | |
| 3162 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3165 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea }, | |
| 3166 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent }, | |
| 3167 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset }, | |
| 3168 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos }, | |
| 3169 }; | |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input); | |
| 3172 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3173 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes), | |
| 3174 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3175 { | |
| 168 | 3176 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); |
| 3177 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3178 } | |
| 1562 | 3179 |
| 3180 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3181 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated }, | |
| 3182 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated }, | |
| 3183 }; | |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and | |
| 3186 * deactivate */ | |
| 3187 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate); | |
| 3188 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow, | |
| 3189 winEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3190 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes), | |
| 3191 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3192 { | |
| 3193 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3194 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3195 } | |
| 168 | 3196 #endif |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 /* | |
| 7 | 3199 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 168 | 3200 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0); |
| 3201 #endif | |
| 3202 */ | |
| 7 | 3203 |
| 1106 | 3204 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 3205 /* | |
| 3206 * Create the tabline | |
| 3207 */ | |
| 3208 initialise_tabline(); | |
| 3209 #endif | |
| 3210 | |
| 7 | 3211 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */ |
| 3212 return OK; | |
| 3213 } | |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 /* | |
| 3216 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed. | |
| 3217 */ | |
| 3218 void | |
| 593 | 3219 gui_mch_new_colors(void) |
| 7 | 3220 { |
| 3221 /* TODO: | |
| 3222 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value | |
| 3210 | 3223 * so what must be done? I don't know |
| 7 | 3224 */ |
| 3225 } | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 /* | |
| 3228 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init(). | |
| 3229 */ | |
| 3230 int | |
| 593 | 3231 gui_mch_open(void) |
| 7 | 3232 { |
| 3233 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1) | |
| 3236 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 /* | |
| 3239 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched | |
| 3240 * from the Terminal or via :gui). | |
| 3241 */ | |
| 3242 { | |
| 3243 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 3244 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr) | |
| 3245 SetFrontProcess(&psn); | |
| 3246 } | |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 return OK; | |
| 3249 } | |
| 3250 | |
| 1562 | 3251 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3252 static void | |
| 3253 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3254 { | |
| 3255 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) | |
| 3256 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3257 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3258 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle) | |
| 3259 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3260 #endif | |
| 3261 } | |
| 3262 #endif | |
| 3263 | |
| 7 | 3264 void |
| 3265 gui_mch_exit(int rc) | |
| 3266 { | |
| 3267 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */ | |
| 3268 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn); | |
| 3269 | |
| 168 | 3270 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 3271 if (keyEventHandlerUPP) | |
| 3272 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3273 #endif | |
| 3274 | |
| 7 | 3275 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL) |
| 3276 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3277 | |
| 168 | 3278 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3279 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); |
| 3280 #endif | |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 3283 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3284 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3285 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 168 | 3286 #endif |
| 3287 | |
| 7 | 3288 /* Exit to shell? */ |
| 3289 exit(rc); | |
| 3290 } | |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 /* | |
| 3293 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window. | |
| 3294 */ | |
| 3295 int | |
| 3296 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y) | |
| 3297 { | |
| 3298 /* TODO */ | |
| 3299 Rect bounds; | |
| 3300 OSStatus status; | |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */ | |
| 9 | 3303 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds); |
| 7 | 3304 |
| 3305 if (status != noErr) | |
| 3306 return FAIL; | |
| 3307 *x = bounds.left; | |
| 3308 *y = bounds.top; | |
| 3309 return OK; | |
| 3310 } | |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 /* | |
| 3313 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given | |
| 3314 * coordinates. | |
| 3315 */ | |
| 3316 void | |
| 3317 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y) | |
| 3318 { | |
| 3319 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range | |
| 3320 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width | |
| 3321 */ | |
| 1377 | 3322 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y); |
| 7 | 3323 } |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 void | |
| 3326 gui_mch_set_shellsize( | |
| 3327 int width, | |
| 3328 int height, | |
| 3329 int min_width, | |
| 3330 int min_height, | |
| 3331 int base_width, | |
| 812 | 3332 int base_height, |
| 3333 int direction) | |
| 7 | 3334 { |
| 3335 CGrafPtr VimPort; | |
| 3336 Rect VimBound; | |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 3339 { | |
| 9 | 3340 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3341 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3342 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/ |
| 9 | 3343 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3344 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/ |
| 3345 } | |
| 3346 else | |
| 3347 { | |
| 9 | 3348 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3349 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3350 VimBound.left = 0; |
| 9 | 3351 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3352 } |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE); | |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 gui_resize_shell(width, height); | |
| 3357 } | |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 /* | |
| 3360 * Get the screen dimensions. | |
| 3361 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders. | |
| 3362 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are? | |
| 1212 | 3363 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume. |
| 7 | 3364 */ |
| 3365 void | |
| 593 | 3366 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h) |
| 7 | 3367 { |
| 3368 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice(); | |
| 3369 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect; | |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10; | |
| 3372 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40; | |
| 3373 } | |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | |
| 13 | 3376 /* |
| 3377 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and | |
| 3378 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with | |
| 3379 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle, | |
| 3380 * or NOFONT in case of an error. | |
| 3381 */ | |
| 3382 static GuiFont | |
| 3383 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name) | |
| 3384 { | |
| 3385 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT; | |
| 3386 OSStatus status; | |
| 3387 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font; | |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */ | |
| 3390 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3391 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16); | |
| 3392 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */ | |
| 3393 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0; | |
| 3394 curr_font.hasColor = false; | |
| 3395 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */ | |
| 3396 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType, | |
| 3397 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL); | |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily; | |
| 3400 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle; | |
| 3401 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size; | |
| 3402 | |
| 3403 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */ | |
| 3404 status = FPShowHideFontPanel(); | |
| 3405 if (status == noErr) | |
| 3406 { | |
| 3407 /* | |
| 3408 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal, | |
| 3409 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed. | |
| 3410 */ | |
| 3411 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true; | |
| 3412 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible) | |
| 3413 { | |
| 3414 EventRecord e; | |
| 3415 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL); | |
| 3416 } | |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name); | |
| 3419 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); | |
| 3420 } | |
| 3421 return selected_font; | |
| 3422 } | |
| 3423 | |
| 1562 | 3424 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3425 static void | |
| 3426 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3427 { | |
| 3428 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3429 { | |
| 3430 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3431 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3432 } | |
| 3433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3434 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3435 { | |
| 3436 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3437 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3438 } | |
| 3439 #endif | |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui; | |
| 3442 } | |
| 3443 #endif | |
| 7 | 3444 |
| 3445 /* | |
| 3446 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font | |
| 3447 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise. | |
| 3448 */ | |
| 3449 int | |
| 593 | 3450 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset) |
| 7 | 3451 { |
| 3452 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */ | |
| 3453 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco"; | |
| 170 | 3454 int suggestedSize = 10; |
| 7 | 3455 FontInfo font_info; |
| 3456 short font_id; | |
| 3457 GuiFont font; | |
| 37 | 3458 char_u used_font_name[512]; |
| 7 | 3459 |
| 168 | 3460 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3461 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); |
| 168 | 3462 #endif |
| 3463 | |
| 7 | 3464 if (font_name == NULL) |
| 3465 { | |
| 3466 /* First try to get the suggested font */ | |
| 3467 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id); | |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 3470 { | |
| 3471 /* Then pickup the standard application font */ | |
| 3472 font_id = GetAppFont(); | |
| 37 | 3473 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default"); |
| 7 | 3474 } |
| 37 | 3475 else |
| 3476 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco"); | |
| 7 | 3477 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); |
| 3478 } | |
| 13 | 3479 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0) |
| 3480 { | |
| 37 | 3481 char_u *new_p_guifont; |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name); | |
| 13 | 3484 if (font == NOFONT) |
| 3485 return FAIL; | |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */ | |
| 37 | 3488 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1); |
| 13 | 3489 if (new_p_guifont != NULL) |
| 3490 { | |
| 37 | 3491 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name); |
| 13 | 3492 vim_free(p_guifont); |
| 3493 p_guifont = new_p_guifont; | |
| 3494 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */ | |
| 3495 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont) | |
| 3496 { | |
| 3497 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ') | |
| 3498 *new_p_guifont = '_'; | |
| 3499 } | |
| 3500 } | |
| 3501 } | |
| 7 | 3502 else |
| 3503 { | |
| 9 | 3504 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); |
| 418 | 3505 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1); |
| 7 | 3506 |
| 3507 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3508 return FAIL; | |
| 3509 } | |
| 37 | 3510 |
| 7 | 3511 gui.norm_font = font; |
| 3512 | |
| 37 | 3513 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name); |
| 3514 | |
| 9 | 3515 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3516 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3517 | |
| 189 | 3518 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent; | |
| 3521 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_'); | |
| 3522 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; | |
| 3523 | |
| 168 | 3524 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 842 | 3525 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 1562 | 3526 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3527 #endif |
| 3528 | |
| 7 | 3529 return OK; |
| 3530 } | |
| 3531 | |
| 444 | 3532 /* |
| 3533 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed). | |
| 3534 */ | |
| 7 | 3535 int |
| 593 | 3536 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void) |
| 7 | 3537 { |
| 3538 FontInfo font_info; | |
| 3539 | |
| 9 | 3540 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 7 | 3541 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; |
| 3542 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2; | |
| 3543 return OK; | |
| 3544 } | |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 /* | |
| 3547 * Get a font structure for highlighting. | |
| 3548 */ | |
| 3549 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 3550 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing) |
| 7 | 3551 { |
| 3552 GuiFont font; | |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 font = gui_mac_find_font(name); | |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3557 { | |
| 3558 if (giveErrorIfMissing) | |
| 3559 EMSG2(_(e_font), name); | |
| 3560 return NOFONT; | |
| 3561 } | |
| 3562 /* | |
| 3563 * TODO : Accept only monospace | |
| 3564 */ | |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 return font; | |
| 3567 } | |
| 3568 | |
| 44 | 3569 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3570 /* |
| 37 | 3571 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory. |
| 3572 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name. | |
| 3573 */ | |
| 3574 char_u * | |
| 593 | 3575 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name) |
| 37 | 3576 { |
| 3577 if (name == NULL) | |
| 3578 return NULL; | |
| 3579 return vim_strsave(name); | |
| 3580 } | |
| 44 | 3581 #endif |
| 37 | 3582 |
| 1562 | 3583 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3584 static void | |
| 3585 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font) | |
| 3586 { | |
| 3587 ATSUFontID fontID; | |
| 3588 Fixed fontSize; | |
| 3589 Fixed fontWidth; | |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 fontID = font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3592 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16); | |
| 3593 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width); | |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = | |
| 3596 { | |
| 3597 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag, | |
| 3598 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1 | |
| 3599 }; | |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 ByteCount attribSizes[] = | |
| 3602 { | |
| 3603 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth), | |
| 3604 sizeof(font) | |
| 3605 }; | |
| 3606 | |
| 3607 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = | |
| 3608 { | |
| 3609 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font | |
| 3610 }; | |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3613 { | |
| 3614 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, | |
| 3615 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3616 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3617 { | |
| 3618 # ifndef NDEBUG | |
| 3619 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n"); | |
| 3620 # endif | |
| 3621 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3622 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3623 } | |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3626 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support | |
| 3629 * wide font drawing */ | |
| 3630 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2); | |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, | |
| 3633 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3634 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3635 { | |
| 3636 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3637 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3638 } | |
| 3639 } | |
| 3640 #endif | |
| 3641 } | |
| 3642 } | |
| 3643 #endif | |
| 3644 | |
| 37 | 3645 /* |
| 7 | 3646 * Set the current text font. |
| 3647 */ | |
| 3648 void | |
| 593 | 3649 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3650 { |
| 168 | 3651 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3652 GuiFont currFont; | |
| 3653 ByteCount actualFontByteCount; | |
| 3654 | |
| 842 | 3655 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 168 | 3656 { |
| 3657 /* Avoid setting same font again */ | |
| 1562 | 3658 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1, |
| 3659 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr | |
| 3660 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font)) | |
| 168 | 3661 { |
| 3662 if (currFont == font) | |
| 3663 return; | |
| 3664 } | |
| 3665 | |
| 1562 | 3666 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3667 } |
| 3668 | |
| 842 | 3669 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet) |
| 168 | 3670 { |
| 3671 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide | |
| 3672 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */ | |
| 3673 /* | |
| 3674 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag }; | |
| 3675 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) }; | |
| 3676 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks); | |
| 3677 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, ); | |
| 3678 */ | |
| 3679 if (gui.wide_font) | |
| 3680 { | |
| 3681 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts; | |
| 3682 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE; | |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance( | |
| 3685 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF), | |
| 3686 0, | |
| 3687 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3688 NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3689 { | |
| 1562 | 3690 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), |
| 3691 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3692 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred); | |
| 168 | 3693 } |
| 3694 /* | |
| 3695 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { }; | |
| 3696 */ | |
| 3697 } | |
| 3698 } | |
| 3699 #endif | |
| 7 | 3700 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3701 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3702 } | |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 /* | |
| 3705 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
| 3706 */ | |
| 3707 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
3708 gui_mch_free_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3709 { |
| 3710 /* | |
| 3711 * Free font when "font" is not 0. | |
| 3712 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since | |
| 3713 * nothing is allocated for each font used. | |
| 3714 */ | |
| 3715 } | |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 /* | |
| 3718 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was | |
| 3719 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif | |
| 3720 * Programmer's Guide. | |
| 3721 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
| 3722 */ | |
| 3723 guicolor_T | |
| 593 | 3724 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 3725 { |
| 3726 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8 | |
| 3727 */ | |
| 3728 RGBColor MacColor; | |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3729 |
|
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3730 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0) |
| 7 | 3731 { |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3732 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor); |
|
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3733 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8)); |
| 7 | 3734 } |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3735 return gui_get_color_cmn(name); |
| 7 | 3736 } |
| 3737 | |
|
11745
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3738 guicolor_T |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3739 gui_mch_get_rgb_color(int r, int g, int b) |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3740 { |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3741 return gui_get_rgb_color_cmn(r, g, b); |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3742 } |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3743 |
| 7 | 3744 /* |
| 3745 * Set the current text foreground color. | |
| 3746 */ | |
| 3747 void | |
| 593 | 3748 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3749 { |
| 3750 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3753 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3754 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3755 | |
| 9 | 3756 RGBForeColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3757 } |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 /* | |
| 3760 * Set the current text background color. | |
| 3761 */ | |
| 3762 void | |
| 593 | 3763 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3764 { |
| 3765 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3768 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3769 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3770 | |
| 9 | 3771 RGBBackColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3772 } |
| 3773 | |
| 563 | 3774 RGBColor specialColor; |
| 3775 | |
| 212 | 3776 /* |
| 563 | 3777 * Set the current text special color. |
| 212 | 3778 */ |
| 3779 void | |
| 593 | 3780 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 212 | 3781 { |
| 563 | 3782 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; |
| 3783 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3784 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3785 } | |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 /* | |
| 3788 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell. | |
| 3789 */ | |
| 3790 static void | |
| 3791 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells) | |
| 3792 { | |
| 856 | 3793 int x; |
| 3794 int offset; | |
| 3795 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; | |
| 3796 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1; | |
| 563 | 3797 |
| 3798 RGBForeColor(&specialColor); | |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8]; | |
| 3801 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset); | |
| 3802 | |
| 593 | 3803 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x) |
| 563 | 3804 { |
| 593 | 3805 offset = val[x % 8]; |
| 3806 LineTo(x, y - offset); | |
| 563 | 3807 } |
| 212 | 3808 } |
| 3809 | |
| 593 | 3810 |
| 3811 static void | |
| 3812 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 7 | 3813 { |
| 3814 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3815 char_u *tofree = NULL; | |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 3818 { | |
| 3819 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len); | |
| 3820 if (tofree != NULL) | |
| 3821 s = tofree; | |
| 3822 } | |
| 3823 #endif | |
| 593 | 3824 |
| 7 | 3825 /* |
| 3826 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing. | |
| 3827 */ | |
| 189 | 3828 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) |
| 7 | 3829 { |
| 3830 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */ | |
| 3831 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ? | |
| 3832 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0); | |
| 168 | 3833 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags); |
| 7 | 3834 } |
| 3835 | |
| 36 | 3836 /* |
| 3837 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3838 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3839 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3840 * underlining. | |
| 3841 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3842 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3843 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3844 */ | |
| 189 | 3845 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0) |
| 36 | 3846 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) |
| 3847 { | |
| 3848 Rect rc; | |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3851 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 168 | 3852 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3853 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 3854 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3855 { | |
| 3856 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3857 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 168 | 3858 } |
| 3859 else | |
| 3860 #endif | |
| 36 | 3861 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); |
| 3862 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 3863 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3864 } | |
| 3865 | |
| 189 | 3866 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) |
| 7 | 3867 { |
| 3868 StyleParameter face; | |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 face = normal; | |
| 3871 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3872 face |= bold; | |
| 3873 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 3874 face |= underline; | |
| 3875 TextFace(face); | |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */ | |
| 3878 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 3881 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len); | |
| 3882 } | |
| 3883 else | |
| 3884 { | |
| 3885 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */ | |
| 9 | 3886 TextMode(srcCopy); |
| 3887 TextFace(normal); | |
| 7 | 3888 |
| 3889 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ | |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) | |
| 3892 { | |
| 9 | 3893 TextMode(srcOr); |
| 7 | 3894 } |
| 3895 | |
| 9 | 3896 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); |
| 593 | 3897 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3900 { | |
| 3901 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3902 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 3903 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); | |
| 3904 } | |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 3907 { | |
| 3908 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 3909 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 3910 } | |
|
12317
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3911 if (flags & DRAW_STRIKE) |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3912 { |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3913 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3914 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3915 } |
| 593 | 3916 } |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) | |
| 3919 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3922 vim_free(tofree); | |
| 3923 #endif | |
| 3924 } | |
| 3925 | |
| 842 | 3926 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 593 | 3927 |
| 3928 static void | |
| 3929 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 3930 { | |
| 3931 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */ | |
| 3932 UniCharCount utf16_len; | |
| 3933 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len); | |
| 3934 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar); | |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone) | |
| 3937 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */ | |
| 1562 | 3938 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG |
| 3939 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n", | |
| 3940 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' '); | |
| 3941 #endif | |
| 593 | 3942 /* |
| 3943 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3944 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3945 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3946 * underlining. | |
| 3947 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3948 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3949 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3950 */ | |
| 3951 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0) | |
| 3952 { | |
| 3953 Rect rc; | |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3956 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 3957 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */ | |
| 3958 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3959 { | |
| 3960 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3961 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 593 | 3962 } |
| 3963 else | |
| 3964 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); | |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 3967 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3968 } | |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 { | |
| 3971 TextMode(srcCopy); | |
| 3972 TextFace(normal); | |
| 3973 | |
| 1562 | 3974 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */ |
| 593 | 3975 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) |
| 3976 { | |
| 3977 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3978 } | |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 1562 | 3981 |
| 3982 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3983 { | |
| 3984 Boolean attValue = true; | |
| 3985 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 3986 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 3987 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues); | |
| 3990 } | |
| 3991 | |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3992 UInt32 useAntialias = p_antialias ? kATSStyleApplyAntiAliasing |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3993 : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3994 if (useAntialias != useAntialias_cached) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3995 { |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3996 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3997 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(UInt32) }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3998 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &useAntialias }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3999 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4000 if (gFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4001 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4002 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4003 if (gWideFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4004 ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4005 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4006 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4007 useAntialias_cached = useAntialias; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4008 } |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
4009 |
| 1562 | 4010 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4011 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 168 | 4012 { |
| 1562 | 4013 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell; |
| 4014 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0; | |
| 4015 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4016 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4017 ATSUStyle textStyle; | |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 last_width_in_cell = 1; | |
| 4020 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout); | |
| 4021 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree, | |
| 4022 kATSUFromTextBeginning, | |
| 4023 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len); | |
| 4024 /* | |
| 4025 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle, | |
| 4026 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */ | |
| 4027 | |
| 4028 /* Compute the length in display cells. */ | |
| 4029 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) | |
| 4030 { | |
| 4031 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 /* probably we are switching from single byte character | |
| 4034 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one | |
| 4035 * cell to draw) */ | |
| 4036 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell) | |
| 4037 { | |
| 4038 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4039 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4040 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4041 #endif | |
| 4042 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle | |
| 4043 : gFontStyle; | |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4046 offset += yet_to_draw; | |
| 4047 yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 4048 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell; | |
| 4049 } | |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 yet_to_draw++; | |
| 4052 } | |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 if (yet_to_draw) | |
| 4055 { | |
| 4056 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 4057 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 4058 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 4059 #endif | |
| 4060 /* finish the rest style */ | |
| 4061 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle; | |
| 4062 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd); | |
| 4063 } | |
| 4064 | |
| 168 | 4065 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); |
| 4066 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 1562 | 4067 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, |
| 4068 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 168 | 4069 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); |
| 4070 } | |
| 1562 | 4071 else |
| 4072 #endif | |
| 4073 { | |
| 4074 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree, | |
| 4077 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4078 utf16_len, | |
| 4079 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len, | |
| 4080 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL), | |
| 4081 &textLayout) == noErr) | |
| 4082 { | |
| 4083 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); | |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 4086 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4087 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); | |
| 4090 } | |
| 4091 } | |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */ | |
| 4094 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 4095 { | |
| 4096 Boolean attValue = false; | |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4099 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4100 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, | |
| 4103 attribValues); | |
| 4104 } | |
| 7 | 4105 } |
| 4106 | |
| 563 | 4107 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) |
| 4108 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4109 | |
| 7 | 4110 vim_free(tofree); |
| 593 | 4111 } |
| 4112 #endif | |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 void | |
| 4115 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4116 { | |
| 4117 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING) | |
| 1562 | 4118 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0) |
| 4119 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */ | |
| 4120 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); | |
| 4121 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0) | |
| 4122 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */ | |
| 4123 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); | |
| 4124 | |
| 842 | 4125 if (p_macatsui) |
| 4126 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags); | |
| 4127 else | |
| 7 | 4128 #endif |
| 842 | 4129 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags); |
| 7 | 4130 } |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 /* | |
| 4133 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported. | |
| 4134 */ | |
| 4135 int | |
| 593 | 4136 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 4137 { |
| 4138 int i; | |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 4141 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 && | |
| 4142 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1) | |
| 4143 return OK; | |
| 4144 return FAIL; | |
| 4145 } | |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 void | |
| 593 | 4148 gui_mch_beep(void) |
| 7 | 4149 { |
| 9 | 4150 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */ |
| 7 | 4151 } |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 void | |
| 593 | 4154 gui_mch_flash(int msec) |
| 7 | 4155 { |
| 4156 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */ | |
| 4157 Rect rc; | |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 /* | |
| 4160 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4161 */ | |
| 4162 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4163 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4164 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width; | |
| 4165 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height; | |
| 4166 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */ | |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4171 } | |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 /* | |
| 4174 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns. | |
| 4175 */ | |
| 4176 void | |
| 593 | 4177 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc) |
| 7 | 4178 { |
| 4179 Rect rc; | |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 /* | |
| 4182 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4183 */ | |
| 4184 rc.left = FILL_X(c); | |
| 4185 rc.top = FILL_Y(r); | |
| 4186 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width; | |
| 4187 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height; | |
| 4188 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4189 } | |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 /* | |
| 4192 * Iconify the GUI window. | |
| 4193 */ | |
| 4194 void | |
| 593 | 4195 gui_mch_iconify(void) |
| 7 | 4196 { |
| 4197 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify | |
| 4198 * -window shade? | |
| 4199 * -hide application? | |
| 4200 */ | |
| 4201 } | |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4204 /* | |
| 4205 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground. | |
| 4206 */ | |
| 4207 void | |
| 593 | 4208 gui_mch_set_foreground(void) |
| 7 | 4209 { |
| 4210 /* TODO */ | |
| 4211 } | |
| 4212 #endif | |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 /* | |
| 4215 * Draw a cursor without focus. | |
| 4216 */ | |
| 4217 void | |
| 593 | 4218 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4219 { |
| 4220 Rect rc; | |
| 4221 | |
| 4222 /* | |
| 4223 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4224 */ | |
| 4225 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4226 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row); | |
| 4227 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width; | |
| 168 | 4228 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4229 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col)) | |
| 4230 rc.right += gui.char_width; | |
| 4231 #endif | |
| 7 | 4232 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height; |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4235 | |
| 9 | 4236 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4237 } |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 /* | |
| 4240 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high. | |
| 4241 */ | |
| 4242 void | |
| 593 | 4243 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4244 { |
| 4245 Rect rc; | |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4248 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */ | |
| 4249 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT) | |
| 4250 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w; | |
| 4251 else | |
| 4252 #endif | |
| 4253 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4254 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h; | |
| 4255 rc.right = rc.left + w; | |
| 4256 rc.bottom = rc.top + h; | |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4259 | |
| 168 | 4260 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 4261 // PaintRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 4262 } |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 /* | |
| 4267 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the | |
| 4268 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is | |
| 4269 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return | |
| 4270 * immediately. | |
| 4271 */ | |
| 4272 void | |
| 593 | 4273 gui_mch_update(void) |
| 7 | 4274 { |
| 4275 /* TODO: find what to do | |
| 4276 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0) | |
| 4277 * more like look at EventQueue then | |
| 4278 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars; | |
| 4279 * | |
| 4280 * if (eventther) | |
| 4281 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event); | |
| 4282 */ | |
| 4283 EventRecord theEvent; | |
| 4284 | |
| 9 | 4285 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent)) |
| 7 | 4286 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent) |
| 4287 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0); | |
| 4288 } | |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 /* | |
| 4291 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time | |
| 4292 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling. | |
| 4293 */ | |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 pascal | |
| 4296 Boolean | |
| 9 | 4297 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn) |
| 7 | 4298 { |
| 4299 if (((long) sleep) < -1) | |
| 4300 sleep = 32767; | |
| 4301 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn); | |
| 4302 } | |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 /* | |
| 4305 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character | |
| 4306 * from the keyboard. | |
| 4307 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
| 4308 * wtime == 0 This should never happen. | |
| 4309 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
| 4310 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
| 4311 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
| 4312 */ | |
| 4313 int | |
| 593 | 4314 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime) |
| 7 | 4315 { |
| 4316 EventMask mask = (everyEvent); | |
| 4317 EventRecord event; | |
| 4318 long entryTick; | |
| 4319 long currentTick; | |
| 4320 long sleeppyTick; | |
| 4321 | |
| 4322 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar, | |
| 4323 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else | |
| 4324 * there won't be any life feedback. | |
| 4325 */ | |
| 4326 if (dragged_sb != NULL) | |
| 4327 return FAIL; | |
| 4328 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */ | |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 entryTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 allow_scrollbar = TRUE; | |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 do | |
| 4335 { | |
| 4336 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty) | |
| 4337 { | |
| 4338 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 4339 dragRectControl = kNothing; | |
| 4340 } | |
| 4341 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect) | |
| 4342 { | |
| 4343 dragRgn = cursorRgn; | |
| 9 | 4344 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect); |
| 7 | 4345 dragRectControl = kNothing; |
| 4346 } | |
| 4347 /* | |
| 4348 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a | |
| 4349 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an | |
| 4350 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are | |
| 4351 * returning as soon as it contains a single char. | |
| 4352 */ | |
| 2585 | 4353 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordingly??? */ |
| 7 | 4354 if (wtime > -1) |
| 1562 | 4355 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000; |
| 7 | 4356 else |
| 4357 sleeppyTick = 32767; | |
| 1562 | 4358 |
| 9 | 4359 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn)) |
| 7 | 4360 { |
| 1562 | 4361 gui_mac_handle_event(&event); |
| 7 | 4362 if (input_available()) |
| 4363 { | |
| 4364 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4365 return OK; | |
| 4366 } | |
| 4367 } | |
| 4368 currentTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4369 } | |
| 4370 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000)); | |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4373 return FAIL; | |
| 4374 } | |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 /* | |
| 4377 * Output routines. | |
| 4378 */ | |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 /* Flush any output to the screen */ | |
| 4381 void | |
| 593 | 4382 gui_mch_flush(void) |
| 7 | 4383 { |
| 4384 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */ | |
| 4385 } | |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 /* | |
| 4388 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
| 4389 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
| 4390 */ | |
| 4391 void | |
| 593 | 4392 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2) |
| 7 | 4393 { |
| 4394 Rect rc; | |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 /* | |
| 4397 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have | |
| 4398 * spilled over to the next column. | |
| 4399 */ | |
| 4400 rc.left = FILL_X(col1); | |
| 4401 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1); | |
| 4402 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1); | |
| 4403 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1); | |
| 4404 | |
| 4405 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4406 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4407 } |
| 4408 | |
| 4409 /* | |
| 4410 * Clear the whole text window. | |
| 4411 */ | |
| 4412 void | |
| 593 | 4413 gui_mch_clear_all(void) |
| 7 | 4414 { |
| 4415 Rect rc; | |
| 4416 | |
| 4417 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4418 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4419 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4420 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4423 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 4424 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel); | |
| 4425 FrameRect(&rc); | |
| 4426 */ | |
| 4427 } | |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 /* | |
| 4430 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any | |
| 4431 * text further down within the scroll region. | |
| 4432 */ | |
| 4433 void | |
| 593 | 4434 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4435 { |
| 4436 Rect rc; | |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 /* changed without checking! */ | |
| 4439 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4440 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4441 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4442 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4445 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4446 |
| 4447 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1, | |
| 4448 gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4449 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4450 } | |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 /* | |
| 4453 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any | |
| 4454 * following text within the scroll region. | |
| 4455 */ | |
| 4456 void | |
| 593 | 4457 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4458 { |
| 4459 Rect rc; | |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4462 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4463 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4464 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4467 | |
| 9 | 4468 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4469 |
| 4470 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */ | |
| 4471 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row | |
| 4472 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
| 4473 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
| 4474 { | |
| 4475 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines) | |
| 4476 gui.cursor_row += num_lines; | |
| 4477 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 4478 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 4479 } | |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4482 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4483 } | |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 /* | |
| 4486 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember | |
| 4487 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE | |
| 4488 */ | |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 void | |
| 593 | 4491 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4492 { |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 19 | 4495 int flavor = 0; |
| 7 | 4496 Size scrapSize; |
| 4497 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags; | |
| 4498 ScrapRef scrap = nil; | |
| 4499 OSStatus error; | |
| 4500 int type; | |
| 4501 char *searchCR; | |
| 4502 char_u *tempclip; | |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 | |
| 9 | 4505 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 7 | 4506 if (error != noErr) |
| 4507 return; | |
| 4508 | |
| 9 | 4509 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 4510 if (error == noErr) | |
| 4511 { | |
| 4512 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize); | |
| 4513 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1) | |
| 4514 flavor = 1; | |
| 4515 } | |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 if (flavor == 0) | |
| 4518 { | |
| 838 | 4519 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 9 | 4520 if (error != noErr) |
| 4521 return; | |
| 4522 | |
| 838 | 4523 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4524 if (error != noErr) |
| 4525 return; | |
| 4526 } | |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 ReserveMem(scrapSize); | |
| 593 | 4529 |
| 838 | 4530 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */ |
| 4531 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize); | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */ | |
| 4534 HLock(textOfClip); | |
| 4535 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap, | |
| 4536 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, | |
| 4537 &scrapSize, *textOfClip); | |
| 4538 scrapSize -= flavor; | |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 if (flavor) | |
| 4541 type = **textOfClip; | |
| 4542 else | |
| 2896 | 4543 type = MAUTO; |
| 838 | 4544 |
| 4545 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE); | |
| 4546 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize); | |
| 4547 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0; | |
| 7 | 4548 |
| 766 | 4549 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 838 | 4550 { |
| 168 | 4551 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */ |
| 4552 size_t encLen = 0; | |
| 4553 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen); | |
| 838 | 4554 |
| 4555 if (to != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4556 { |
| 168 | 4557 scrapSize = encLen; |
| 4558 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4559 tempclip = to; | |
| 7 | 4560 } |
| 838 | 4561 } |
| 7 | 4562 #endif |
| 502 | 4563 |
| 838 | 4564 searchCR = (char *)tempclip; |
| 4565 while (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4566 { | |
| 4567 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r'); | |
| 4568 if (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4569 *searchCR = '\n'; | |
| 7 | 4570 } |
| 838 | 4571 |
| 4572 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd); | |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4575 HUnlock(textOfClip); | |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4578 } |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 void | |
| 593 | 4581 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4582 { |
| 4583 /* | |
| 4584 * TODO: Really nothing to do? | |
| 4585 */ | |
| 4586 } | |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 int | |
| 593 | 4589 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4590 { |
| 4591 return OK; | |
| 4592 } | |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 /* | |
| 4595 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. | |
| 4596 */ | |
| 4597 void | |
| 593 | 4598 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd) |
| 7 | 4599 { |
| 4600 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 4601 long scrapSize; | |
| 4602 int type; | |
| 4603 ScrapRef scrap; | |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 char_u *str = NULL; | |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 if (!cbd->owned) | |
| 4608 return; | |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 clip_get_selection(cbd); | |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 /* | |
| 4613 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets | |
| 4614 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it. | |
| 4615 */ | |
| 4616 cbd->owned = FALSE; | |
| 4617 | |
| 838 | 4618 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd); |
| 7 | 4619 |
| 766 | 4620 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4621 size_t utf16_len = 0; |
| 4622 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len); | |
| 4623 if (to) | |
| 7 | 4624 { |
| 168 | 4625 scrapSize = utf16_len; |
| 4626 vim_free(str); | |
| 4627 str = (char_u *)to; | |
| 7 | 4628 } |
| 4629 #endif | |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 if (type >= 0) | |
| 4632 { | |
| 4633 ClearCurrentScrap(); | |
| 593 | 4634 |
| 9 | 4635 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1); |
| 7 | 4636 HLock(textOfClip); |
| 4637 | |
| 9 | 4638 **textOfClip = type; |
| 168 | 4639 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4640 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 838 | 4641 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, |
| 9 | 4642 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1); |
| 4643 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, | |
| 4644 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4645 HUnlock(textOfClip); |
| 4646 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 4647 } | |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 vim_free(str); | |
| 4650 } | |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 void | |
| 593 | 4653 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4654 { |
| 4655 Rect VimBound; | |
| 4656 | |
| 9 | 4657 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */ |
| 7 | 4658 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4661 { | |
| 4662 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1; | |
| 4663 } | |
| 4664 else | |
| 4665 { | |
| 4666 VimBound.left = 0; | |
| 4667 } | |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); | |
| 4670 | |
| 9 | 4671 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 4672 } |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 /* | |
| 4675 * Menu stuff. | |
| 4676 */ | |
| 4677 | |
| 4678 void | |
| 593 | 4679 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag) |
| 7 | 4680 { |
| 4681 /* | |
| 444 | 4682 * Menu is always active. |
| 7 | 4683 */ |
| 4684 } | |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 void | |
| 593 | 4687 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4688 { |
| 4689 /* | |
| 444 | 4690 * The menu is always at the top of the screen. |
| 7 | 4691 */ |
| 4692 } | |
| 4693 | |
| 4694 /* | |
| 4695 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar. | |
| 4696 */ | |
| 4697 void | |
| 593 | 4698 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4699 { |
| 4700 /* | |
| 4701 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle. | |
| 4702 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext | |
| 4703 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id | |
| 4704 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235 | |
| 4705 */ | |
| 4706 static long next_avail_id = 128; | |
| 4707 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */ | |
| 593 | 4708 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4709 CFStringRef name; |
| 4710 #else | |
| 7 | 4711 char_u *name; |
| 168 | 4712 #endif |
| 7 | 4713 short index; |
| 4714 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; | |
| 4715 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next; | |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */ | |
| 4718 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0)) | |
| 4719 return; | |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */ | |
| 4722 if (next_avail_id == 1024) | |
| 4723 return; | |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */ | |
| 4726 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name))) | |
| 4727 brother = brother->next; | |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */ | |
| 4730 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL)) | |
| 4731 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id; | |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */ | |
| 4734 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name)) | |
| 4735 menu_after_me = hierMenu; | |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4738 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4739 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4740 #else | |
| 7 | 4741 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4742 #endif |
| 7 | 4743 if (name == NULL) |
| 4744 return; | |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */ | |
| 4747 { | |
| 4748 /* Carbon suggest use of | |
| 9 | 4749 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *); |
| 4750 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title); | |
| 7 | 4751 */ |
| 4752 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id; | |
| 593 | 4753 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4754 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr) |
| 4755 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name); | |
| 4756 #else | |
| 9 | 4757 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name); |
| 168 | 4758 #endif |
| 7 | 4759 next_avail_id++; |
| 4760 } | |
| 4761 | |
| 4762 if (parent == NULL) | |
| 4763 { | |
| 4764 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */ | |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the | |
| 4767 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos | |
| 4768 */ | |
| 4769 | |
| 593 | 4770 /* Insert the menu */ |
| 4771 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */ | |
| 7 | 4772 #if 1 |
| 4773 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */ | |
| 4774 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4775 #endif | |
| 4776 } | |
| 4777 else | |
| 4778 { | |
| 4779 /* Adding as a submenu */ | |
| 4780 | |
| 9 | 4781 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4782 |
| 4783 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4784 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4785 */ | |
| 4786 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 593 | 4787 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4788 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 4789 #else | |
| 7 | 4790 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 168 | 4791 #endif |
| 7 | 4792 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B); |
| 4793 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id); | |
| 4794 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu); | |
| 4795 } | |
| 4796 | |
| 593 | 4797 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4798 CFRelease(name); |
| 4799 #else | |
| 9 | 4800 vim_free(name); |
| 168 | 4801 #endif |
| 7 | 4802 |
| 4803 #if 0 | |
| 4804 /* Done by Vim later on */ | |
| 4805 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4806 #endif | |
| 4807 } | |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 /* | |
| 4810 * Add a menu item to a menu | |
| 4811 */ | |
| 4812 void | |
| 593 | 4813 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4814 { |
| 593 | 4815 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4816 CFStringRef name; |
| 4817 #else | |
| 7 | 4818 char_u *name; |
| 168 | 4819 #endif |
| 7 | 4820 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; |
| 4821 int menu_inserted; | |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */ | |
| 4824 if (parent->submenu_id == 0) | |
| 4825 return; | |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu, | |
| 4828 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */ | |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 /* Convert the name */ | |
| 766 | 4831 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4832 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4833 #else | |
| 7 | 4834 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4835 #endif |
| 7 | 4836 |
| 4837 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */ | |
| 4838 menu->submenu_id = 0; | |
| 4839 menu->submenu_handle = NULL; | |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 menu_inserted = 0; | |
| 4842 if (menu->actext) | |
| 4843 { | |
| 4844 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes | |
| 4845 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the | |
| 4846 * item's command equivalent. | |
| 4847 */ | |
| 4848 int key = 0; | |
| 4849 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 4850 char_u *p_actext; | |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 p_actext = menu->actext; | |
|
9869
989d44d35a66
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/35a4cfa200917dd171b1fff3cd5b6cee9add673d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9649
diff
changeset
|
4853 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4854 if (*p_actext != 0) |
| 4855 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */ | |
| 4856 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the | |
| 4857 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for | |
| 4858 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD | |
| 4859 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the | |
| 4860 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable | |
| 4861 * character plus modifiers. | |
| 4862 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't | |
| 4863 * apply modifiers. | |
| 4864 */ | |
| 4865 if (key > 0 && key < 32) | |
| 4866 { | |
| 4867 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that | |
| 4868 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish | |
| 4869 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S. | |
| 4870 */ | |
| 4871 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 4872 key += '@'; | |
| 4873 } | |
| 4874 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier. | |
| 4875 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert | |
| 4876 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu. | |
| 4877 */ | |
| 4878 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z') | |
| 4879 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 4880 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z') | |
| 4881 key += 'A' - 'a'; | |
| 4882 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */ | |
| 4883 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key)) | |
| 4884 { | |
| 4885 int valid = 1; | |
| 4886 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers; | |
| 4887 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */ | |
| 4888 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) | |
| 4889 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier; | |
| 4890 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 4891 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier; | |
| 4892 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
| 4893 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier; | |
| 4894 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK) | |
| 4895 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */ | |
| 4896 if (valid) | |
| 4897 { | |
| 4898 char_u item_txt[10]; | |
| 4899 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */ | |
| 4900 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/'; | |
| 4901 item_txt[3] = key; | |
| 4902 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx); | |
| 4903 /* Set the modifier keys. */ | |
| 4904 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods); | |
| 4905 menu_inserted = 1; | |
| 4906 } | |
| 4907 } | |
| 4908 } | |
| 4909 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText | |
| 4910 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem | |
| 4911 */ | |
| 4912 if (!menu_inserted) | |
| 4913 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */ | |
| 4914 /* Set the menu item name. */ | |
| 593 | 4915 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4916 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 4917 #else | |
| 7 | 4918 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 168 | 4919 #endif |
| 7 | 4920 |
| 4921 #if 0 | |
| 4922 /* Called by Vim */ | |
| 4923 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4924 #endif | |
| 4925 | |
| 593 | 4926 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) |
| 168 | 4927 CFRelease(name); |
| 4928 #else | |
| 7 | 4929 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */ |
| 4930 vim_free(name); | |
| 168 | 4931 #endif |
| 7 | 4932 } |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 void | |
| 593 | 4935 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable) |
| 7 | 4936 { |
| 4937 /* no tearoff menus */ | |
| 4938 } | |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 /* | |
| 4941 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget. | |
| 4942 */ | |
| 4943 void | |
| 593 | 4944 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 4945 { |
| 9 | 4946 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4947 |
| 4948 if (index > 0) | |
| 4949 { | |
| 4950 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4951 { | |
| 4952 { | |
| 4953 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 4954 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); |
| 7 | 4955 |
| 4956 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */ | |
| 4957 if (menu->submenu_id != 0) | |
| 4958 { | |
| 9 | 4959 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 4960 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 4961 } |
| 4962 } | |
| 4963 } | |
| 4964 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU | |
| 4965 else | |
| 4966 { | |
| 9 | 4967 printf("gmdm 2\n"); |
| 7 | 4968 } |
| 4969 #endif | |
| 4970 } | |
| 4971 else | |
| 4972 { | |
| 4973 { | |
| 9 | 4974 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 4975 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 4976 } |
| 4977 } | |
| 4978 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */ | |
| 4979 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4980 } | |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 /* | |
| 4983 * Make a menu either grey or not grey. | |
| 4984 */ | |
| 4985 void | |
| 593 | 4986 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey) |
| 7 | 4987 { |
| 4988 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */ | |
| 9 | 4989 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4990 /* |
| 4991 index = menu->index; | |
| 4992 */ | |
| 4993 if (grey) | |
| 4994 { | |
| 4995 if (menu->children) | |
| 4996 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4997 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4998 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 4999 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5000 } | |
| 5001 else | |
| 5002 { | |
| 5003 if (menu->children) | |
| 5004 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5005 if (menu->parent) | |
| 5006 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 5007 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 5008 } | |
| 5009 } | |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 /* | |
| 5012 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden | |
| 5013 */ | |
| 5014 void | |
| 593 | 5015 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden) |
| 7 | 5016 { |
| 5017 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */ | |
| 9 | 5018 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden); |
| 7 | 5019 } |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 /* | |
| 5023 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not. | |
| 5024 */ | |
| 5025 void | |
| 593 | 5026 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void) |
| 7 | 5027 { |
| 5028 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 5029 } | |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 /* | |
| 5033 * Scrollbar stuff. | |
| 5034 */ | |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 void | |
| 593 | 5037 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar( |
| 5038 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5039 int flag) | |
| 7 | 5040 { |
| 5041 if (flag) | |
| 5042 ShowControl(sb->id); | |
| 5043 else | |
| 5044 HideControl(sb->id); | |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5047 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag); |
| 7 | 5048 #endif |
| 5049 } | |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 void | |
| 593 | 5052 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( |
| 5053 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5054 long val, | |
| 5055 long size, | |
| 5056 long max) | |
| 7 | 5057 { |
| 5058 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max); | |
| 5059 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0); | |
| 5060 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val); | |
| 1107 | 5061 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size); |
| 7 | 5062 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
|
9199
665d10cb3e6b
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ea0345901cc2af29f9c5dd0d9d8a818d5f96a63b
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9013
diff
changeset
|
5063 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %lx, %lx,%lx\n",sb->id, val, size, max); |
| 7 | 5064 #endif |
| 5065 } | |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 void | |
| 593 | 5068 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos( |
| 5069 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5070 int x, | |
| 5071 int y, | |
| 5072 int w, | |
| 5073 int h) | |
| 7 | 5074 { |
| 5075 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 5076 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5077 { | |
| 9 | 5078 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y); |
| 5079 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5080 } |
| 5081 else | |
| 5082 { | |
| 9 | 5083 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5084 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 5085 }*/ |
| 5086 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar) | |
| 5087 h += 1; | |
| 5088 else | |
| 5089 w += 1; | |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 5092 x -= 15; | |
| 5093 | |
| 9 | 5094 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 5095 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h); | |
| 7 | 5096 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5097 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h); |
| 7 | 5098 #endif |
| 5099 } | |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 void | |
| 593 | 5102 gui_mch_create_scrollbar( |
| 5103 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 5104 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */ | |
| 7 | 5105 { |
| 5106 Rect bounds; | |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 bounds.top = -16; | |
| 5109 bounds.bottom = -10; | |
| 5110 bounds.right = -10; | |
| 5111 bounds.left = -16; | |
| 5112 | |
| 9 | 5113 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow, |
| 7 | 5114 &bounds, |
| 5115 "\pScrollBar", | |
| 5116 TRUE, | |
| 5117 0, /* current*/ | |
| 5118 0, /* top */ | |
| 5119 0, /* bottom */ | |
| 5120 kControlScrollBarLiveProc, | |
| 5121 (long) sb->ident); | |
| 5122 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5123 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient); |
| 7 | 5124 #endif |
| 5125 } | |
| 5126 | |
| 5127 void | |
| 593 | 5128 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb) |
| 7 | 5129 { |
| 5130 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 5131 DisposeControl(sb->id); |
| 7 | 5132 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5133 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id); |
| 7 | 5134 #endif |
| 5135 } | |
| 5136 | |
|
9213
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5137 int |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5138 gui_mch_is_blinking(void) |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5139 { |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5140 return FALSE; |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5141 } |
| 7 | 5142 |
|
9428
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5143 int |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5144 gui_mch_is_blink_off(void) |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5145 { |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5146 return FALSE; |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5147 } |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5148 |
| 7 | 5149 /* |
| 5150 * Cursor blink functions. | |
| 5151 * | |
| 5152 * This is a simple state machine: | |
| 5153 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all | |
| 5154 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown | |
| 5155 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown | |
| 5156 */ | |
| 5157 void | |
| 5158 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off) | |
| 5159 { | |
| 5160 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5161 /* blink_waittime = wait; | |
| 5162 blink_ontime = on; | |
| 5163 blink_offtime = off;*/ | |
| 5164 } | |
| 5165 | |
| 5166 /* | |
| 5167 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown. | |
| 5168 */ | |
| 5169 void | |
|
13152
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5170 gui_mch_stop_blink(int may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5171 { |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5172 if (may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5173 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 5174 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ |
| 5175 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); | |
| 5176 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF) | |
| 5177 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5178 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/ | |
| 5179 } | |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 /* | |
| 5182 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the | |
| 5183 * waiting time and shows the cursor. | |
| 5184 */ | |
| 5185 void | |
| 593 | 5186 gui_mch_start_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5187 { |
| 5188 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5189 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */ | |
| 5190 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */ | |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */ | |
| 5193 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime) | |
| 5194 { | |
| 5195 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime, | |
| 5196 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer); | |
| 5197 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
| 5198 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 5199 }*/ | |
| 5200 } | |
| 5201 | |
| 5202 /* | |
| 5203 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long. | |
| 5204 */ | |
|
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5205 guicolor_T |
| 7 | 5206 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel) |
| 5207 { | |
|
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5208 return (guicolor_T)((Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel)); |
| 7 | 5209 } |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | |
| 5213 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
| 5214 /* | |
| 5215 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory, | |
| 5216 * or NULL if Cancel is hit. | |
| 5217 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened. | |
| 5218 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog. | |
| 5219 * dflt - Default name of file. | |
| 5220 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions. | |
| 5221 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir) | |
| 5222 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from. | |
| 5223 * Has a format like this: | |
| 5224 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0" | |
| 5225 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0" | |
| 5226 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file | |
| 5227 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will | |
| 5228 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files. | |
| 5229 * | |
| 5230 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls. | |
| 5231 */ | |
| 5232 char_u * | |
| 5233 gui_mch_browse( | |
| 5234 int saving, | |
| 5235 char_u *title, | |
| 5236 char_u *dflt, | |
| 5237 char_u *ext, | |
| 5238 char_u *initdir, | |
| 5239 char_u *filter) | |
| 5240 { | |
| 4352 | 5241 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety check (Dany) */ |
| 7 | 5242 NavReplyRecord reply; |
| 5243 char_u *fname = NULL; | |
| 5244 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 5245 long numFiles; | |
| 5246 NavDialogOptions navOptions; | |
| 5247 OSErr error; | |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */ | |
| 9 | 5250 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions); |
| 7 | 5251 |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */ | |
| 5254 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles | |
| 5255 | kNavDontAutoTranslate | |
| 5256 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems | |
| 5257 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */ | |
| 5258 | kNavAllowStationery; | |
| 5259 | |
| 9 | 5260 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message); |
| 5261 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName); | |
| 7 | 5262 /* Could set clientName? |
| 5263 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?) | |
| 5264 */ | |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 if (saving) | |
| 5267 { | |
| 5268 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 9 | 5269 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL); |
| 7 | 5270 if (!reply.validRecord) |
| 5271 return NULL; | |
| 5272 } | |
| 5273 else | |
| 5274 { | |
| 5275 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */ | |
| 5276 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5277 if (!reply.validRecord) | |
| 5278 return NULL; | |
| 5279 } | |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 5282 | |
| 9 | 5283 NavDisposeReply(&reply); |
| 7 | 5284 |
| 5285 if (fnames) | |
| 5286 { | |
| 5287 fname = fnames[0]; | |
| 5288 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 5289 } | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */ | |
| 5292 return fname; | |
| 5293 } | |
| 5294 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */ | |
| 5295 | |
| 5296 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG | |
| 5297 /* | |
| 5298 * Stuff for dialogues | |
| 5299 */ | |
| 5300 | |
| 5301 /* | |
| 5302 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings. | |
| 5303 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.) | |
| 5304 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title. | |
| 5305 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it. | |
| 5306 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first. | |
| 5307 * dfltbutton = number of default button. | |
| 5308 * | |
| 5309 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed, | |
| 5310 * 2 for the second, etc. | |
| 5311 * | |
| 5312 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed. | |
| 5313 * -1 for unexpected error | |
| 5314 * | |
| 5315 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1. | |
| 5316 */ | |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 typedef struct | |
| 5319 { | |
| 5320 short idx; | |
| 5321 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */ | |
| 5322 Rect box; | |
| 5323 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */ | |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top) | |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 static void | |
| 5328 macMoveDialogItem( | |
| 5329 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5330 short itemNumber, | |
| 5331 short X, | |
| 5332 short Y, | |
| 5333 Rect *inBox) | |
| 5334 { | |
| 5335 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 5336 /* Untested */ | |
| 9 | 5337 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y); |
| 7 | 5338 if (inBox != nil) |
| 9 | 5339 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox); |
| 7 | 5340 #else |
| 5341 short itemType; | |
| 5342 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5343 Rect localBox; | |
| 5344 Rect *itemBox = &localBox; | |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 if (inBox != nil) | |
| 5347 itemBox = inBox; | |
| 5348 | |
| 9 | 5349 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox); |
| 5350 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top); | |
| 5351 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y); | |
| 7 | 5352 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both |
| 5353 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */ | |
| 5354 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */ | |
| 9 | 5355 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y); |
| 5356 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox); | |
| 7 | 5357 #endif |
| 5358 } | |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 static void | |
| 5361 macSizeDialogItem( | |
| 5362 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5363 short itemNumber, | |
| 5364 short width, | |
| 5365 short height) | |
| 5366 { | |
| 5367 short itemType; | |
| 5368 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5369 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5370 | |
| 9 | 5371 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5372 |
| 5373 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */ | |
| 5374 if (width == 0) | |
| 5375 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left; | |
| 5376 if (height == 0) | |
| 5377 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top; | |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */ | |
| 9 | 5380 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */ |
| 7 | 5381 #else |
| 5382 /* Resize the bounding box */ | |
| 5383 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width; | |
| 5384 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height; | |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both | |
| 5387 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */ | |
| 5388 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5389 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height); |
| 7 | 5390 |
| 5391 /* Configure back the item */ | |
| 9 | 5392 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5393 #endif |
| 5394 } | |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 static void | |
| 5397 macSetDialogItemText( | |
| 5398 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5399 short itemNumber, | |
| 5400 Str255 itemName) | |
| 5401 { | |
| 5402 short itemType; | |
| 5403 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5404 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5405 | |
| 9 | 5406 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5407 |
| 5408 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5409 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5410 else |
| 9 | 5411 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5412 } |
| 5413 | |
| 1572 | 5414 |
| 5415 /* ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators. | |
| 5416 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys; | |
| 5417 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling. | |
| 5418 */ | |
| 5419 static pascal Boolean | |
| 5420 DialogHotkeyFilterProc ( | |
| 5421 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5422 EventRecord *event, | |
| 5423 DialogItemIndex *itemHit) | |
| 5424 { | |
| 5425 char_u keyHit; | |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey) | |
| 5428 { | |
| 5429 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask); | |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]) | |
| 5432 { | |
| 5433 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5434 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]); | |
| 5435 #endif | |
| 5436 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]; | |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 /* When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user | |
| 5439 * clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed | |
| 5440 * to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user | |
| 5441 * feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too | |
| 5442 * fast to be seen). | |
| 5443 */ | |
| 5444 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit; | |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 return true; /* we took care of it */ | |
| 5447 } | |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 /* Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event. | |
| 5450 * This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. */ | |
| 5451 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit); | |
| 5452 } | |
| 5453 return false; /* Let ModalDialog deal with it */ | |
| 5454 } | |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 | |
| 593 | 5457 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox |
| 5458 * (Jussi) | |
| 5459 */ | |
| 7 | 5460 int |
| 5461 gui_mch_dialog( | |
| 5462 int type, | |
| 5463 char_u *title, | |
| 5464 char_u *message, | |
| 5465 char_u *buttons, | |
| 5466 int dfltbutton, | |
| 2684 | 5467 char_u *textfield, |
| 5468 int ex_cmd) | |
| 7 | 5469 { |
| 5470 Handle buttonDITL; | |
| 5471 Handle iconDITL; | |
| 5472 Handle inputDITL; | |
| 5473 Handle messageDITL; | |
| 5474 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5475 Handle iconHandle; | |
| 5476 DialogPtr theDialog; | |
| 5477 char_u len; | |
| 5478 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */ | |
| 5479 char_u name[256]; | |
| 5480 GrafPtr oldPort; | |
| 5481 short itemHit; | |
| 5482 char_u *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5483 short hotKeys[256]; /* map of hotkey -> control ID */ |
| 5484 char_u aHotKey; | |
| 7 | 5485 Rect box; |
| 5486 short button; | |
| 5487 short lastButton; | |
| 5488 short itemType; | |
| 5489 short useIcon; | |
| 5490 short width; | |
| 1377 | 5491 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together |
| 1212 | 5492 including spacing */ |
| 7 | 5493 short widestButton = 0; |
| 5494 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5495 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5496 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */ | |
| 5497 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5498 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */ | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 short vertical; | |
| 5501 short dialogHeight; | |
| 5502 short messageLines = 3; | |
| 5503 FontInfo textFontInfo; | |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 vgmDlgItm iconItm; | |
| 5506 vgmDlgItm messageItm; | |
| 5507 vgmDlgItm inputItm; | |
| 5508 vgmDlgItm buttonItm; | |
| 5509 | |
| 5510 WindowRef theWindow; | |
| 5511 | |
| 1572 | 5512 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP; |
| 5513 | |
| 7 | 5514 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */ |
| 5515 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL); | |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */ | |
| 9 | 5518 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1); |
| 7 | 5519 |
| 5520 /* Get the WindowRef */ | |
| 5521 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog); | |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 /* Hide the window. | |
| 5524 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing | |
| 5525 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item | |
| 5526 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9) | |
| 5527 * Could be avoided by changing the resource. | |
| 5528 */ | |
| 9 | 5529 HideWindow(theWindow); |
| 7 | 5530 |
| 5531 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog, | |
| 5532 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */ | |
| 9 | 5533 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5534 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5535 |
| 5536 /* Get the info about the default text, | |
| 5537 * used to calculate the height of the message | |
| 5538 * and of the text field */ | |
| 5539 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo); | |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 /* Set the dialog title */ | |
| 5542 if (title != NULL) | |
| 5543 { | |
| 9 | 5544 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle); |
| 5545 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle); | |
| 7 | 5546 } |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 9 | 5549 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130); |
| 7 | 5550 buttonChar = buttons; |
| 5551 button = 0; | |
| 5552 | |
| 1572 | 5553 /* initialize the hotkey mapping */ |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
1776
diff
changeset
|
5554 vim_memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys)); |
| 1572 | 5555 |
| 7 | 5556 for (;*buttonChar != 0;) |
| 5557 { | |
| 5558 /* Get the name of the button */ | |
| 5559 button++; | |
| 5560 len = 0; | |
| 5561 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++) | |
| 5562 { | |
| 5563 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR) | |
| 5564 name[++len] = *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5565 else |
| 5566 { | |
| 5567 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1); | |
| 5568 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z') | |
| 5569 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A'); | |
| 5570 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button; | |
| 5571 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5572 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey); | |
| 5573 #endif | |
| 5574 } | |
| 7 | 5575 } |
| 1572 | 5576 |
| 7 | 5577 if (*buttonChar != 0) |
| 5578 buttonChar++; | |
| 5579 name[0] = len; | |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 /* Add the button */ | |
| 9 | 5582 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */ |
| 7 | 5583 |
| 5584 /* Change the button's name */ | |
| 9 | 5585 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name); |
| 7 | 5586 |
| 5587 /* Resize the button to fit its name */ | |
| 9 | 5588 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge; |
| 4352 | 5589 /* Limit the size of any button to an acceptable value. */ |
| 7 | 5590 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */ |
| 5591 if (width > maxButtonWidth) | |
| 5592 width = maxButtonWidth; | |
| 9 | 5593 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0); |
| 7 | 5594 |
| 5595 totalButtonWidth += width; | |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 if (width > widestButton) | |
| 5598 widestButton = width; | |
| 5599 } | |
| 9 | 5600 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL); |
| 7 | 5601 lastButton = button; |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */ | |
| 5604 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1; | |
| 9 | 5605 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131); |
| 7 | 5606 switch (type) |
| 5607 { | |
| 2585 | 5608 case VIM_GENERIC: |
| 5609 case VIM_INFO: | |
| 5610 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon; break; | |
| 5611 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon; break; | |
| 5612 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon; break; | |
| 3935 | 5613 default: useIcon = kStopIcon; |
| 2585 | 5614 } |
| 9 | 5615 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL); |
| 5616 ReleaseResource(iconDITL); | |
| 5617 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5618 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */ |
| 9 | 5619 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon); |
| 5620 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5621 |
| 5622 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */ | |
| 5623 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2; | |
| 9 | 5624 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5625 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5626 ReleaseResource(messageDITL); | |
| 5627 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5628 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name); | |
| 5629 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5630 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 7 | 5631 |
| 5632 /* Add the input box if needed */ | |
| 5633 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5634 { | |
| 857 | 5635 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */ |
| 7 | 5636 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3; |
| 9 | 5637 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5638 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5639 ReleaseResource(inputDITL); | |
| 5640 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5641 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/ | |
| 5642 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name); | |
| 5643 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5644 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 1572 | 5645 |
| 5646 /* Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field */ | |
| 5647 gDialogHotKeys = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5648 } |
| 1572 | 5649 else |
| 5650 /* Install hotkey table */ | |
| 5651 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys; | |
| 7 | 5652 |
| 5653 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */ | |
| 9 | 5654 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton); |
| 5655 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0); | |
| 7 | 5656 |
| 5657 /* Reposition element */ | |
| 5658 | |
| 5659 /* Check if we need to force vertical */ | |
| 5660 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth) | |
| 5661 vertical = TRUE; | |
| 5662 | |
| 5663 /* Place icon */ | |
| 9 | 5664 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box); |
| 7 | 5665 iconItm.box.right = box.right; |
| 5666 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom; | |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 /* Place Message */ | |
| 5669 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace; | |
| 9 | 5670 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent)); |
| 5671 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5672 |
| 5673 /* Place Input */ | |
| 5674 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5675 { | |
| 5676 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5677 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 9 | 5678 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent); |
| 5679 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5680 /* Convert the static text into a text edit. |
| 5681 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */ | |
| 9 | 5682 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box); |
| 5683 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5684 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767); |
| 5685 } | |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 /* Place Button */ | |
| 5688 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5689 { | |
| 5690 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left; | |
| 5691 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5692 } | |
| 5693 else | |
| 5694 { | |
| 5695 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5696 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5697 } | |
| 5698 | |
| 5699 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++) | |
| 5700 { | |
| 5701 | |
| 9 | 5702 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box); |
| 1377 | 5703 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */ |
| 7 | 5704 if (vertical) |
| 5705 { | |
| 9 | 5706 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0); |
| 5707 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5708 } |
| 5709 /* Calculate position of next button */ | |
| 5710 if (vertical) | |
| 5711 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5712 else | |
| 5713 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5714 } | |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 /* Resize the dialog box */ | |
| 5717 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5718 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE); | |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 /* Magic resize */ | |
| 9 | 5721 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5722 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */ |
| 5723 | |
| 5724 /* Display it */ | |
| 5725 ShowWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5726 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */ | |
| 5727 SelectWindow(theWindow); | |
| 5728 | |
| 9 | 5729 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */ |
| 7 | 5730 #if 0 |
| 9 | 5731 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5732 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5733 #endif |
| 5734 | |
| 857 | 5735 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5736 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */ | |
| 5737 dialog_busy = TRUE; | |
| 5738 #endif | |
| 5739 | |
| 1572 | 5740 /* Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog */ |
| 5741 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc); | |
| 5742 | |
| 7 | 5743 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */ |
| 5744 do | |
| 5745 { | |
| 1572 | 5746 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit); |
| 7 | 5747 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton)); |
| 5748 | |
| 857 | 5749 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5750 dialog_busy = FALSE; | |
| 5751 #endif | |
| 5752 | |
| 7 | 5753 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */ |
| 5754 if (textfield != NULL) | |
| 5755 { | |
| 9 | 5756 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); |
| 5757 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name); | |
| 7 | 5758 #if IOSIZE < 256 |
| 5759 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */ | |
| 5760 if (name[0] > IOSIZE) | |
| 5761 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1; | |
| 5762 #endif | |
| 418 | 5763 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]); |
| 7 | 5764 } |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 /* Restore the original graphical port */ | |
| 9 | 5767 SetPort(oldPort); |
| 7 | 5768 |
| 1572 | 5769 /* Free the modal filterProc */ |
| 5770 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP); | |
| 5771 | |
| 4352 | 5772 /* Get ride of the dialog (free memory) */ |
| 9 | 5773 DisposeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5774 |
| 5775 return itemHit; | |
| 5776 /* | |
| 2585 | 5777 * Useful thing which could be used |
| 7 | 5778 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout |
| 5779 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box | |
| 5780 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem | |
| 5781 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?) | |
| 1373 | 5782 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length |
| 7 | 5783 */ |
| 5784 } | |
| 5785 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */ | |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 /* | |
| 5788 * Display the saved error message(s). | |
| 5789 */ | |
| 5790 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG | |
| 5791 void | |
| 593 | 5792 display_errors(void) |
| 7 | 5793 { |
| 5794 char *p; | |
| 5795 char_u pError[256]; | |
| 5796 | |
| 593 | 5797 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL) |
| 5798 return; | |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */ | |
| 5801 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p) | |
| 5802 if (!isspace(*p)) | |
| 5803 { | |
| 5804 if (STRLEN(p) > 255) | |
| 5805 pError[0] = 255; | |
| 5806 else | |
| 5807 pError[0] = STRLEN(p); | |
| 5808 | |
| 5809 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]); | |
| 5810 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil); | |
| 5811 Alert(128, nil); | |
| 5812 break; | |
| 5813 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars | |
| 5814 * use auto-sizeable alert | |
| 5815 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone) | |
| 5816 */ | |
| 5817 } | |
| 5818 ga_clear(&error_ga); | |
| 7 | 5819 } |
| 5820 #endif | |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 /* | |
| 87 | 5823 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window. |
| 7 | 5824 */ |
| 95 | 5825 void |
| 5826 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y) | |
| 7 | 5827 { |
| 5828 Point where; | |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5831 | |
| 87 | 5832 *x = where.h; |
| 5833 *y = where.v; | |
| 7 | 5834 } |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 void | |
| 593 | 5837 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y) |
| 7 | 5838 { |
| 5839 /* TODO */ | |
| 5840 #if 0 | |
| 5841 /* From FAQ 3-11 */ | |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 CursorDevicePtr myMouse; | |
| 5844 Point where; | |
| 5845 | |
| 9 | 5846 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap) |
| 5847 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap)) | |
| 7 | 5848 { |
| 5849 /* New way */ | |
| 5850 | |
| 5851 /* | |
| 4352 | 5852 * Get first device with one button. |
| 5853 * This will probably be the standard mouse | |
| 5854 * start at head of cursor dev list | |
| 7 | 5855 * |
| 5856 */ | |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 myMouse = nil; | |
| 5859 | |
| 5860 do | |
| 5861 { | |
| 5862 /* Get the next cursor device */ | |
| 5863 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse); | |
| 5864 } | |
| 9 | 5865 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1)); |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y); | |
| 7 | 5868 } |
| 5869 else | |
| 5870 { | |
| 5871 /* Old way */ | |
| 5872 where.h = x; | |
| 5873 where.v = y; | |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 *(Point *)RawMouse = where; | |
| 5876 *(Point *)MTemp = where; | |
| 5877 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF; | |
| 5878 } | |
| 5879 #endif | |
| 5880 } | |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 void | |
| 593 | 5883 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 5884 { |
| 5885 /* | |
| 5886 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 5887 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 5888 * Call the procedure | |
| 5889 */ | |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 MenuHandle CntxMenu; | |
| 5892 Point where; | |
| 5893 OSStatus status; | |
| 5894 UInt32 CntxType; | |
| 5895 SInt16 CntxMenuID; | |
| 5896 UInt16 CntxMenuItem; | |
| 5897 Str255 HelpName = ""; | |
| 5898 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */ | |
| 9 | 5901 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5904 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/ | |
| 7 | 5905 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle; |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */ | |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 /* Call to Handle Popup */ | |
| 1089 | 5910 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp, |
| 1012 | 5911 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 5912 |
| 5913 if (status == noErr) | |
| 5914 { | |
| 5915 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 5916 { | |
| 5917 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */ | |
| 5918 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */ | |
| 1012 | 5919 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by |
| 5920 * ContextualMenuSelect */ | |
| 9 | 5921 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 5922 } |
| 5923 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 5924 { | |
| 5925 /* Should come up with the help */ | |
| 5926 } | |
| 5927 } | |
| 5928 | |
| 5929 /* Restore original Port */ | |
| 9 | 5930 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/ |
| 7 | 5931 } |
| 5932 | |
| 5933 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5934 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */ | |
| 5935 void | |
| 5936 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf) | |
| 5937 { | |
| 9 | 5938 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec); |
| 5939 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf); | |
| 7 | 5940 } |
| 5941 #endif | |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 5944 /* | |
| 5945 * Set the window title and icon. | |
| 5946 * (The icon is not taken care of). | |
| 5947 */ | |
| 5948 void | |
| 593 | 5949 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon) |
| 7 | 5950 { |
| 5951 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller | |
| 5952 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar. | |
| 5953 */ | |
| 766 | 5954 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 5955 CFStringRef windowTitle; |
| 5956 size_t windowTitleLen; | |
| 5957 #else | |
| 7 | 5958 char_u *pascalTitle; |
| 168 | 5959 #endif |
| 7 | 5960 |
| 5961 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 5962 return; | |
| 5963 | |
| 766 | 5964 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 5965 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title); |
| 1621 | 5966 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen); |
| 168 | 5967 |
| 5968 if (windowTitle) | |
| 5969 { | |
| 5970 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle); | |
| 5971 CFRelease(windowTitle); | |
| 5972 } | |
| 5973 #else | |
| 7 | 5974 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title); |
| 5975 if (pascalTitle != NULL) | |
| 5976 { | |
| 5977 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle); | |
| 5978 vim_free(pascalTitle); | |
| 5979 } | |
| 168 | 5980 #endif |
| 7 | 5981 } |
| 5982 #endif | |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 /* | |
| 2585 | 5985 * Transferred from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work |
| 7 | 5986 */ |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 int | |
| 593 | 5989 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString) |
| 7 | 5990 { |
| 5991 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString; | |
| 5992 int len; | |
| 5993 int i; | |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 PascalPtr[0] = 0; | |
| 5996 if (CString == NULL) | |
| 5997 return 0; | |
| 5998 | |
| 5999 len = STRLEN(CString); | |
| 6000 if (len > 255) | |
| 6001 len = 255; | |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
| 6004 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i]; | |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 PascalPtr[0] = len; | |
| 6007 | |
| 6008 return 0; | |
| 6009 } | |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 int | |
| 593 | 6012 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec) |
| 7 | 6013 { |
| 6014 /* From FAQ 8-12 */ | |
| 6015 Str255 filePascal; | |
| 6016 CInfoPBRec myCPB; | |
| 6017 OSErr err; | |
| 6018 | |
| 9 | 6019 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal); |
| 7 | 6020 |
| 6021 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal; | |
| 6022 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0; | |
| 6023 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6024 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0; | |
| 6025 | |
| 9 | 6026 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6027 |
| 6028 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */ | |
| 9 | 6029 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec); |
| 7 | 6030 |
| 6031 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */ | |
| 6032 return 0; | |
| 6033 } | |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 /* | |
| 4352 | 6036 * Convert a FSSpec to a full path |
| 7 | 6037 */ |
| 6038 | |
| 9 | 6039 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file) |
| 7 | 6040 { |
| 6041 /* | |
| 6042 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max. | |
| 6043 */ | |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 CInfoPBRec theCPB; | |
| 6046 char_u fname[256]; | |
| 6047 char_u *filenamePtr = fname; | |
| 6048 OSErr error; | |
| 6049 int folder = 1; | |
| 6050 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6051 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum; | |
| 6052 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID; | |
| 6053 FSRef refFile; | |
| 6054 OSStatus status; | |
| 6055 UInt32 pathSize = 256; | |
| 6056 char_u pathname[256]; | |
| 6057 char_u *path = pathname; | |
| 6058 #else | |
| 6059 Str255 directoryName; | |
| 6060 char_u temporary[255]; | |
| 6061 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary; | |
| 6062 #endif | |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6065 /* Get the default volume */ | |
| 6066 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/ | |
| 9 | 6067 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID); |
| 7 | 6068 |
| 6069 if (error) | |
| 6070 return NULL; | |
| 6071 #endif | |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 /* Start filling fname with file.name */ | |
| 418 | 6074 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]); |
| 7 | 6075 |
| 6076 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */ | |
| 6077 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 6078 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name; | |
| 6079 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1106 | 6080 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/ |
| 7 | 6081 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr, | |
| 6084 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */ | |
| 9 | 6085 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false); |
| 7 | 6086 |
| 6087 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */ | |
| 6088 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr)) | |
| 6089 return NULL; | |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 /* Check if it's a file or folder */ | |
| 6092 /* default to file if file don't exist */ | |
| 6093 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error)) | |
| 6094 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */ | |
| 6095 else | |
| 6096 folder = 1; | |
| 6097 | |
| 6098 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6099 /* | |
| 4352 | 6100 * The functions used here are available in Carbon, but do nothing on |
| 6101 * MacOS 8 and 9. | |
| 7 | 6102 */ |
| 6103 if (error == fnfErr) | |
| 6104 { | |
| 6105 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible | |
| 6106 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an | |
| 6107 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and | |
| 6108 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert | |
| 6109 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path, | |
| 6110 and, finally, append the filename. */ | |
| 6111 FSSpec dirSpec; | |
| 6112 FSRef dirRef; | |
| 6113 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p"; | |
| 6114 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum, | |
| 6115 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec); | |
| 6116 if (error) | |
| 6117 return NULL; | |
| 6118 | |
| 6119 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef); | |
| 6120 if (error) | |
| 6121 return NULL; | |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize); | |
| 6124 if (status) | |
| 6125 return NULL; | |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 STRCAT(path, "/"); | |
| 6128 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr); | |
| 6129 } | |
| 6130 else | |
| 6131 { | |
| 6132 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path | |
| 6133 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */ | |
| 9 | 6134 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile); |
| 7 | 6135 if (error) |
| 6136 return NULL; | |
| 6137 | |
| 9 | 6138 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize); |
| 7 | 6139 if (status) |
| 6140 return NULL; | |
| 6141 } | |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */ | |
| 6144 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6145 STRCAT(path, "/"); |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 return (vim_strsave(path)); | |
| 7 | 6148 #else |
| 6149 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */ | |
| 6150 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */ | |
| 6151 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; | |
| 6152 | |
| 6153 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value | |
| 6154 * we want for ioDrDirID*/ | |
| 6155 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID; | |
| 6156 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; | |
| 6157 | |
| 9 | 6158 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/)) |
| 7 | 6159 do |
| 6160 { | |
| 6161 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6162 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6163 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6164 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6165 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6168 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6169 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6170 |
| 6171 if (error) | |
| 6172 return NULL; | |
| 6173 | |
| 6174 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */ | |
| 6175 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6176 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6177 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6178 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6179 } | |
| 6180 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */ | |
| 6181 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */ | |
| 6182 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/); | |
| 6183 #else | |
| 6184 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID); | |
| 6185 #endif | |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */ | |
| 6188 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
| 6189 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */ | |
| 6190 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
| 1212 | 6191 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */ |
| 7 | 6192 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */ | |
| 6195 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */ | |
| 9 | 6196 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6197 |
| 6198 if (error) | |
| 6199 return NULL; | |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */ | |
| 6202 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */ | |
| 1212 | 6203 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */ |
| 7 | 6204 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME |
| 6205 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum) | |
| 6206 #endif | |
| 6207 { | |
| 6208 /* Add the volume name */ | |
| 6209 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 418 | 6210 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6211 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6212 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6215 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
| 6216 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */ | |
| 6217 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:"); | |
| 6218 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6219 #endif | |
| 6220 } | |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */ | |
| 6223 if (folder) | |
| 9 | 6224 STRCAT(fname, ":"); |
| 7 | 6225 |
| 6226 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */ | |
| 6227 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6228 /* Need to insert leading / */ | |
| 6229 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */ | |
| 6230 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr); | |
| 6231 temporaryPtr[0] = '/'; | |
| 6232 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6233 { | |
| 6234 char *p; | |
| 6235 for (p = fname; *p; p++) | |
| 6236 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6237 *p = '/'; | |
| 6238 } | |
| 6239 #endif | |
| 6240 | |
| 9 | 6241 return (vim_strsave(fname)); |
| 7 | 6242 #endif |
| 6243 } | |
| 6244 | |
|
13380
69517d67421f
patch 8.0.1564: too many #ifdefs
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13170
diff
changeset
|
6245 #if (defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER)) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 6246 /* |
| 6247 * Input Method Control functions. | |
| 6248 */ | |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 /* | |
| 6251 * Notify cursor position to IM. | |
| 6252 */ | |
| 6253 void | |
| 6254 im_set_position(int row, int col) | |
| 6255 { | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
6256 # if 0 |
| 7 | 6257 /* TODO: Implement me! */ |
| 1562 | 6258 im_start_row = row; |
| 6259 im_start_col = col; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
6260 # endif |
| 1562 | 6261 } |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow; | |
| 6264 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert; | |
| 6265 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 }; | |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 static Component gTSCWindow; | |
| 6268 static Component gTSCInsert; | |
| 6269 static Component gTSCDefault; | |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 static int im_initialized = 0; | |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 static void | |
| 6274 im_on_window_switch(int active) | |
| 6275 { | |
| 6276 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; | |
| 6277 OSStatus err; | |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6280 return; | |
| 6281 | |
| 6282 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6283 { | |
| 6284 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6285 | |
| 6286 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6287 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6288 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6289 } | |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6292 { | |
| 6293 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6294 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6295 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6296 | |
| 6297 if (slptr) | |
| 6298 { | |
| 6299 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6300 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6301 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6302 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6305 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6306 } | |
| 6307 } | |
| 6308 else | |
| 6309 { | |
| 6310 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow); | |
| 6311 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6312 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 if (slptr) | |
| 6315 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6316 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6319 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6320 } | |
| 7 | 6321 } |
| 6322 | |
| 6323 /* | |
| 6324 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE). | |
| 6325 */ | |
| 6326 void | |
| 6327 im_set_active(int active) | |
| 6328 { | |
| 1562 | 6329 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; |
| 6330 OSStatus err; | |
| 6331 | |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
6332 if (!gui.in_use) |
| 1562 | 6333 return; |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6336 { | |
| 6337 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */ | |
| 6340 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6341 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6342 } | |
| 6343 | |
| 6344 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6345 { | |
| 6346 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6347 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6348 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 if (slptr) | |
| 6351 { | |
| 6352 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6353 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6354 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6355 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6358 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6359 } | |
| 6360 } | |
| 6361 else | |
| 6362 { | |
| 6363 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert); | |
| 6364 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6365 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 if (slptr) | |
| 6368 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6369 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could | |
| 6372 * enter commands easier */ | |
| 6373 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, | |
| 6374 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6375 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault); | |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6378 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6379 } | |
| 7 | 6380 } |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 /* | |
| 6383 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0. | |
| 6384 */ | |
| 6385 int | |
| 593 | 6386 im_get_status(void) |
| 7 | 6387 { |
| 1562 | 6388 if (! gui.in_use) |
| 6389 return 0; | |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 return im_is_active; | |
| 7 | 6392 } |
| 1106 | 6393 |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
6394 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) */ |
| 1106 | 6395 |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 | |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6400 // drawer implementation | |
| 6401 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL; | |
| 6402 enum | |
| 6403 { | |
|
8269
553a4c8dd796
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43acbce1bb0a33edc67496b220cae629ad95d2d8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7821
diff
changeset
|
6404 kTabContextMenuId = 42 |
| 1106 | 6405 }; |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string | |
| 6408 static CFStringRef | |
| 6409 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page) | |
| 6410 { | |
| 6411 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE); | |
| 6412 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT | |
| 1621 | 6413 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff)); |
| 1106 | 6414 #else |
| 6415 // TODO: check internal encoding? | |
| 6416 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff, | |
| 6417 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman); | |
| 6418 #endif | |
| 6419 } | |
| 6420 | |
| 6421 | |
| 6422 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150 | |
| 6423 #define DRAWER_INSET 16 | |
| 6424 | |
| 6425 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL; | |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When | |
| 2585 | 6428 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before update_tabline(), |
| 4352 | 6429 // and because of this, the tab labels and vim's internal tabs are out of sync |
| 1106 | 6430 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels |
| 6431 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time). | |
| 6432 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL; | |
| 6433 static int tabLabelsSize = 0; | |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 enum | |
| 6436 { | |
| 6437 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs' | |
| 6438 }; | |
| 6439 | |
| 6440 static int | |
| 6441 getTabCount(void) | |
| 6442 { | |
| 6443 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6444 int numTabs = 0; | |
| 6445 | |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
6446 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) |
| 1562 | 6447 ++numTabs; |
| 1106 | 6448 return numTabs; |
| 6449 } | |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 // data browser item display callback | |
| 6452 static OSStatus | |
| 6453 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6454 DataBrowserItemID itemID, | |
| 1562 | 6455 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */, |
| 6456 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, | |
| 1106 | 6457 Boolean changeValue) |
| 6458 { | |
| 6459 OSStatus status = noErr; | |
| 6460 | |
| 6461 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated?? | |
| 6462 | |
| 4352 | 6463 // changeValue is true if we have a modifiable list and data was changed. |
| 1106 | 6464 // In our case, it's always false. |
| 6465 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return | |
| 6466 // internalData(); | |
| 6467 if (!changeValue) | |
| 6468 { | |
| 6469 CFStringRef str; | |
| 6470 | |
| 6471 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize); | |
| 6472 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1]; | |
| 6473 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str); | |
| 6474 } | |
| 6475 else | |
| 6476 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported; | |
| 6477 | |
| 6478 return status; | |
| 6479 } | |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 // data browser action callback | |
| 6482 static void | |
| 6483 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6484 DataBrowserItemID item, | |
| 6485 DataBrowserItemNotification message) | |
| 6486 { | |
| 6487 switch (message) | |
| 6488 { | |
| 6489 case kDataBrowserItemSelected: | |
| 6490 send_tabline_event(item); | |
| 6491 break; | |
| 6492 } | |
| 6493 } | |
| 6494 | |
| 6495 // callbacks needed for contextual menu: | |
| 6496 static void | |
| 6497 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6498 MenuRef *menu, | |
| 1562 | 6499 UInt32 *helpType, |
| 1106 | 6500 CFStringRef *helpItemString, |
| 1562 | 6501 AEDesc *selection) |
| 1106 | 6502 { |
| 6503 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same | |
| 6504 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-) | |
| 6505 *helpItemString = NULL; | |
| 6506 | |
| 6507 *menu = contextMenu; | |
| 6508 } | |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 static void | |
| 6511 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6512 MenuRef menu, | |
| 6513 UInt32 selectionType, | |
| 6514 SInt16 menuID, | |
| 6515 MenuItemIndex menuItem) | |
| 6516 { | |
| 6517 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 MenuCommand command; | |
| 6520 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command); | |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared | |
| 6523 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu | |
| 6524 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some | |
| 6525 // way, the finder does it too ;-) ) | |
| 6526 Handle items = NewHandle(0); | |
| 6527 if (items != NULL) | |
| 6528 { | |
| 6529 int numItems; | |
| 6530 | |
| 6531 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false, | |
| 6532 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items); | |
| 6533 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID); | |
| 6534 if (numItems > 0) | |
| 6535 { | |
| 6536 int idx; | |
| 6537 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr; | |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 HLock(items); | |
| 6540 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items; | |
| 6541 idx = itemsPtr[0]; | |
| 6542 HUnlock(items); | |
| 6543 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command); | |
| 6544 } | |
| 6545 DisposeHandle(items); | |
| 6546 } | |
| 6547 } | |
| 6548 } | |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim | |
| 6551 static OSStatus | |
| 6552 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6553 { | |
| 6554 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl | |
| 6555 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart); | |
| 6556 | |
| 6557 return paramErr; | |
| 6558 } | |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 | |
| 6561 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size | |
| 6562 static OSStatus | |
| 6563 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6564 { | |
| 6565 switch (GetEventKind(event)) | |
| 6566 { | |
| 6567 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize | |
| 6568 { | |
| 6569 UInt32 attribs; | |
| 6570 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32, | |
| 6571 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs); | |
| 6572 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize | |
| 6573 { | |
| 6574 Rect r; | |
| 6575 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 6576 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 6577 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r); | |
| 6578 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser, | |
| 6579 kTabsColumn, r.right); | |
| 6580 } | |
| 6581 } | |
| 6582 break; | |
| 6583 } | |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 6586 } | |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better). | |
| 6589 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the | |
| 6590 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.) | |
| 6591 | |
| 6592 | |
| 6593 #import <mach-o/dyld.h> | |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) }; | |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 static OSStatus | |
| 6598 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6599 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, | |
| 6600 OptionBits inAttributesToClear) | |
| 6601 { | |
| 6602 long osVersion; | |
| 6603 char *symbolName; | |
| 6604 NSSymbol symbol = NULL; | |
| 6605 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6606 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6607 | |
| 6608 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion); | |
| 6609 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up) | |
| 6610 return noErr; | |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 // C name mangling... | |
| 6613 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes"; | |
| 6614 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName) | |
| 6615 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL) | |
| 6616 return noErr; | |
| 6617 | |
| 6618 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol); | |
| 6619 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL) | |
| 6620 return noErr; // well... | |
| 6621 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser, | |
| 6622 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6623 } | |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 static void | |
| 6626 initialise_tabline(void) | |
| 6627 { | |
| 6628 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE }; | |
| 6629 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks; | |
| 6630 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart}; | |
| 6631 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged}; | |
| 6632 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc; | |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 // drawers have to have compositing enabled | |
| 6635 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass, | |
| 6636 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute | |
| 6637 | kWindowCompositingAttribute | |
| 6638 | kWindowResizableAttribute | |
| 6639 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute, | |
| 6640 &drawerRect, &drawer); | |
| 6641 | |
| 6642 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true); | |
| 6643 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow); | |
| 6644 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET); | |
| 6645 | |
| 6646 | |
| 6647 // create list view embedded in drawer | |
| 6648 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView, | |
| 6649 &dataBrowser); | |
| 6650 | |
| 6651 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks; | |
| 6652 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks); | |
| 6653 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback = | |
| 6654 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback); | |
| 6655 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback = | |
| 6656 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback); | |
| 6657 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6658 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6659 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6660 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6661 | |
| 6662 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks); | |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header | |
| 6665 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical | |
| 6666 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser, | |
| 6667 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet); | |
| 6668 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser, | |
| 6669 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite); | |
| 6670 Boolean b = false; | |
| 6671 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl, | |
| 6672 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b); | |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim | |
| 6675 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this | |
| 6676 // function dynamically) | |
| 6677 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser, | |
| 6678 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0); | |
| 6679 | |
| 6680 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser | |
| 6681 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent, | |
| 6682 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6683 | |
| 6684 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer | |
| 6685 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent, | |
| 6686 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 // add "tabs" column to data browser | |
| 6689 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn; | |
| 6690 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType; | |
| 6691 | |
| 6692 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn | |
| 6693 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags; | |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc; | |
| 6696 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100; | |
| 6697 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150; | |
| 6698 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0; | |
| 6699 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs"); | |
| 6700 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing; | |
| 6701 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font | |
| 6702 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly; | |
| 6703 | |
| 6704 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0); | |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu) | |
| 6707 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu); | |
| 6819 | 6708 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 6709 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close Tab"), 0, | |
| 1106 | 6710 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL); |
| 6711 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0, | |
| 6712 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL); | |
| 6713 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0, | |
| 6714 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL); | |
| 6715 } | |
| 6716 | |
| 6717 | |
| 6718 /* | |
| 6719 * Show or hide the tabline. | |
| 6720 */ | |
| 6721 void | |
| 6722 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit) | |
| 6723 { | |
| 6724 if (showit == 0) | |
| 1562 | 6725 CloseDrawer(drawer, true); |
| 1106 | 6726 else |
| 1562 | 6727 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true); |
| 1106 | 6728 } |
| 6729 | |
| 6730 /* | |
| 6731 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed. | |
| 6732 */ | |
| 6733 int | |
| 6734 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void) | |
| 6735 { | |
| 6736 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer); | |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening; | |
| 6739 } | |
| 6740 | |
| 6741 /* | |
| 6742 * Update the labels of the tabline. | |
| 6743 */ | |
| 6744 void | |
| 6745 gui_mch_update_tabline(void) | |
| 6746 { | |
| 6747 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6748 int numTabs = getTabCount(); | |
| 6749 int nr = 1; | |
| 6750 int curtabidx = 1; | |
| 6751 | |
| 6752 // adjust data browser | |
| 6753 if (tabLabels != NULL) | |
| 6754 { | |
| 1562 | 6755 int i; |
| 6756 | |
| 6757 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i) | |
| 6758 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]); | |
| 6759 free(tabLabels); | |
| 1106 | 6760 } |
| 6761 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef)); | |
| 6762 tabLabelsSize = numTabs; | |
| 6763 | |
| 6764 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr) | |
| 6765 { | |
| 6766 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 6767 curtabidx = nr; | |
| 1562 | 6768 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp); |
| 1106 | 6769 } |
| 6770 | |
| 6771 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL, | |
| 6772 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6773 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we | |
| 6774 // can pass NULL for the id array | |
| 6775 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL, | |
| 6776 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6777 | |
| 6778 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx; | |
| 6779 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6780 } | |
| 6781 | |
| 6782 /* | |
| 6783 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1. | |
| 6784 */ | |
| 6785 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
6786 gui_mch_set_curtab(int nr) |
| 1106 | 6787 { |
| 6788 DataBrowserItemID item = nr; | |
| 6789 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6790 | |
| 6791 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...) | |
| 6792 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn, | |
| 6793 kDataBrowserRevealOnly); | |
| 6794 } | |
| 6795 | |
| 6796 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |